]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
* dwarf2dbg.c (out_debug_line): Ignore non-normal segments, with a
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
7c31ae13 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81 105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
107Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1572000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
158Inc.
252b5132 159
cf055d54 160 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 161 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
162 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
163 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
164 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 165 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 166
252b5132 167@end titlepage
4ecceb71 168@contents
252b5132 169
2e64b665 170@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
171@node Top
172@top Using @value{AS}
173
e49e529d
JM
174This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
175@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
176@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
177@end ifset
178version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 179@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 180This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
181code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
182@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
183
184This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
185Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 186section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 187
252b5132
RH
188@menu
189* Overview:: Overview
190* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
191* Syntax:: Syntax
192* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
193* Symbols:: Symbols
194* Expressions:: Expressions
195* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
196@ifset ELF
197* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
199* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
200* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
201* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 202* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 203* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 204@end menu
2e64b665 205@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
206
207@node Overview
208@chapter Overview
209@iftex
a4fb0134 210This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 211@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 212This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
213code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
214@end ifclear
215@end iftex
216
217@cindex invocation summary
218@cindex option summary
219@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 220Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 221see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 222
0285c67d
NC
223@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
224
a4fb0134 225@ignore
0285c67d
NC
226@c man begin SEEALSO
227gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
228@c man end
a4fb0134 229@end ignore
0285c67d 230
252b5132
RH
231@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
232@c to be limited to one line for the header.
233@smallexample
0285c67d 234@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 235@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 236 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 237 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
238 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
239 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
240 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
241 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
242 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
243 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
244 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 245 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 246 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
249@c
250@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 251@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
252@ifset ALPHA
253
254@emph{Target Alpha options:}
255 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
256 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 257 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
258 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
259 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
260@end ifset
252b5132 261@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARC options:}
264 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
265 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
266@end ifset
267@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 270@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
271 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
272 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
273 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
274 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 275 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 276 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
277 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
278 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
279 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 280 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 281@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
282@ifset Blackfin
283
284@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
285 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
286 [@b{-mfdpic}]
287 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
288 [@b{-mnopic}]
289@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
290@ifset CRIS
291
292@emph{Target CRIS options:}
293 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
294 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
295 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 296 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
297@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
298@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
299@end ifset
252b5132 300@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
301
302@emph{Target D10V options:}
303 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
304@end ifset
305@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D30V options:}
308 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
309@end ifset
310@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
311
312@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
313 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
314@end ifset
315@ifset HPPA
316@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
317@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
318@ifset I80386
319
320@emph{Target i386 options:}
351f65ca 321 [@b{--32}|@b{--n32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 322 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
323@end ifset
324@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
325
326@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 327@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
328 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
329 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
330 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 331@end ifset
587fe2b3 332@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 333
9e32ca89
NC
334@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
335 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
336 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
337 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 338 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 339 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 340 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
341 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
342@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
343@ifset IP2K
344
345@emph{Target IP2K options:}
346 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
347@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
348@ifset M32C
349
350@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 351 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 352@end ifset
587fe2b3 353@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 354
a4fb0134
SC
355@emph{Target M32R options:}
356 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 357 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 358@end ifset
252b5132 359@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
360
361@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
362 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 363@end ifset
60bcf0fa 364@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
365
366@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 367 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
368 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
369 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 370 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
371 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
372 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
373@end ifset
374@ifset MCORE
375
376@emph{Target MCORE options:}
377 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
378 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 379@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
380@ifset MICROBLAZE
381@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
382@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
383@end ifset
252b5132 384@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
385
386@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 387 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 388 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 389 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
390 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
391 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 392 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 393 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
394 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
395 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 396 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 397 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 398 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 399 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 400 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 401 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 402 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 403 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
2babba43
MR
404 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
405 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
406 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 407 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 408 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
409@end ifset
410@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
411
412@emph{Target MMIX options:}
413 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
414 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
415 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 416 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
417@end ifset
418@ifset PDP11
419
420@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
421 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
422 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 423 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
424@end ifset
425@ifset PJ
426
427@emph{Target picoJava options:}
428 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
429@end ifset
430@ifset PPC
431
432@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
433 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
434 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
435 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
436 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|
437 @b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
438 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpw7}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
439 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}]
a4fb0134 440 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
441 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
442 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 443 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 444 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 445@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
446@ifset RX
447
448@emph{Target RX options:}
449 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
450 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
451 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
452@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
453@ifset S390
454
455@emph{Target s390 options:}
456 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
457 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
458 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
459@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
460@ifset SCORE
461
462@emph{Target SCORE options:}
463 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
464 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
465 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
466 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
467@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
468@ifset SPARC
469
470@emph{Target SPARC options:}
471@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
472 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
473 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
474 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
475 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
476@end ifset
477@ifset TIC54X
478
479@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 480 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
481 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
482@end ifset
3c9b82ba 483
40b36596
JM
484@ifset TIC6X
485
486@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
487 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
488 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
489 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 490@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
491@ifset TILEGX
492
493@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
494 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}]
495@end ifset
496@ifset TILEPRO
497@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
498@end ifset
40b36596 499
2d8b84ae
SA
500@ifset XTENSA
501
502@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
503 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
504 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
505 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
506 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
507@end ifset
508
3c9b82ba
NC
509@ifset Z80
510
511@emph{Target Z80 options:}
512 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
513 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
514 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
515 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
516 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
517 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
518 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
519@end ifset
520
a4fb0134
SC
521@ifset Z8000
522@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 523@end ifset
e0001a05 524
0285c67d 525@c man end
252b5132
RH
526@end smallexample
527
0285c67d
NC
528@c man begin OPTIONS
529
a4fb0134 530@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 531@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 532
83f10cb2 533@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
534Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
535
a4fb0134 536@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
537@item -ac
538omit false conditionals
539
540@item -ad
541omit debugging directives
542
83f10cb2
NC
543@item -ag
544include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
545
252b5132
RH
546@item -ah
547include high-level source
548
549@item -al
550include assembly
551
552@item -am
553include macro expansions
554
555@item -an
556omit forms processing
557
558@item -as
559include symbols
560
561@item =file
562set the name of the listing file
563@end table
564
565You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
566listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
567the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
568
caa32fe5 569@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
570Begin in alternate macro mode.
571@ifclear man
572@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
573@end ifclear
caa32fe5 574
955974c6
CC
575@item --compress-debug-sections
576Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
577to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
578compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
579
580@item --nocompress-debug-sections
581Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
582
252b5132
RH
583@item -D
584Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
585other assemblers.
586
3d6b762c
JM
587@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
588When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
589information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
590
252b5132
RH
591@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
592Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
593@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
594indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
595value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
596use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
597
598@item -f
599``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
600compiler output).
601
329e276d
NC
602@item -g
603@itemx --gen-debug
604Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
605debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
606ECOFF or DWARF2.
607
252b5132
RH
608@item --gstabs
609Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
610may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
611
05da4302
NC
612@item --gstabs+
613Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
614extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
615debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
616may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
617the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
618
329e276d 619@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 620Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 621may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 622option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 623
21be61f5
L
624@item --size-check=error
625@itemx --size-check=warning
626Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
627
252b5132
RH
628@item --help
629Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
630
ea20a7da
CC
631@item --target-help
632Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
633
252b5132
RH
634@item -I @var{dir}
635Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
636
637@item -J
638Don't warn about signed overflow.
639
640@item -K
641@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
642This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
643@end ifclear
644@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
645Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
646@end ifset
647
648@item -L
649@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
650Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
651system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
652or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
653@ifclear man
654@xref{Symbol Names}.
655@end ifclear
252b5132 656
c3a27914
NC
657@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
658Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
659listing to @var{number}.
660
661@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
662Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
663lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
664
665@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
666Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
667@var{number} bytes.
668
669@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
670Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
671to @var{number} + 1.
672
252b5132 673@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 674Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
675
676@item -R
677Fold the data section into the text section.
678
4bdd3565
NC
679@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
680Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
681@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
682assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
683memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
684requirements at the expense of speed.
685
686@item --reduce-memory-overheads
687This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
688assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
689@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
690
252b5132
RH
691@item --statistics
692Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
693assembly.
694
695@item --strip-local-absolute
696Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
697
698@item -v
699@itemx -version
a4fb0134 700Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
701
702@item --version
a4fb0134 703Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
704
705@item -W
2bdd6cf5 706@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
707Suppress warning messages.
708
2bdd6cf5
GK
709@item --fatal-warnings
710Treat warnings as errors.
711
712@item --warn
713Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
714
252b5132
RH
715@item -w
716Ignored.
717
718@item -x
719Ignored.
720
721@item -Z
722Generate an object file even after errors.
723
724@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
725Standard input, or source files to assemble.
726
727@end table
2a633939
JM
728@c man end
729
730@ifset ALPHA
731
732@ifclear man
733@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
734for an Alpha processor.
735@end ifclear
736
737@ifset man
738@c man begin OPTIONS
739The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
740processor.
741@c man end
742@c man begin INCLUDE
743@include c-alpha.texi
744@c ended inside the included file
745@end ifset
746
747@end ifset
252b5132 748
2a633939 749@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
750@ifset ARC
751The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
752an ARC processor.
753
a4fb0134 754@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
755@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
756This option selects the core processor variant.
757@item -EB | -EL
758Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
759@end table
760@end ifset
761
762@ifset ARM
763The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
764processor family.
765
a4fb0134 766@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 767@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 768Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 769@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 770Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 771@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 772Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
773@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
774Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
775@item -mthumb
776Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 777@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
778Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
779@item -EB | -EL
780Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
781@item -mthumb-interwork
782Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
783ARM code in mind.
784@item -k
785Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
786@end table
787@end ifset
635fb38d 788@c man end
252b5132 789
9982501a 790@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
791
792@ifclear man
793@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
794configured for the Blackfin processor family.
795@end ifclear
796
797@ifset man
798@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
799The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
800the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
801@c man end
802@c man begin INCLUDE
803@include c-bfin.texi
804@c ended inside the included file
805@end ifset
9982501a 806
9982501a
JZ
807@end ifset
808
635fb38d 809@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
810@ifset CRIS
811See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
812@end ifset
813
252b5132
RH
814@ifset D10V
815The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
816a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 817@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
818@cindex D10V optimization
819@cindex optimization, D10V
820@item -O
821Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
822@end table
823@end ifset
824
825@ifset D30V
826The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
827processor.
a4fb0134 828@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
829@cindex D30V optimization
830@cindex optimization, D30V
831@item -O
832Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
833
834@cindex D30V nops
835@item -n
836Warn when nops are generated.
837
838@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
839@item -N
840Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
841@end table
842@end ifset
731caf76
L
843@c man end
844
845@ifset I80386
252b5132 846
731caf76
L
847@ifclear man
848@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
849configured for an i386 processor.
850@end ifclear
851
852@ifset man
853@c man begin OPTIONS
854The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
855an i386 processor.
856@c man end
857@c man begin INCLUDE
858@include c-i386.texi
859@c ended inside the included file
860@end ifset
861
862@end ifset
863
864@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
865@ifset I960
866The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
867Intel 80960 processor.
868
a4fb0134 869@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
870@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
871Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
872
873@item -b
874Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
875
876@item -no-relax
877Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
878error if necessary.
879
880@end table
881@end ifset
882
a40cbfa3
NC
883@ifset IP2K
884The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 885Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
886
887@table @gcctabopt
888
889@item -mip2022ext
890Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
891
892@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 893Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
894just the basic IP2022 ones.
895
896@end table
897@end ifset
898
49f58d10
JB
899@ifset M32C
900The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
901Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
902
903@table @gcctabopt
904
905@item -m32c
906Assemble M32C instructions.
907
908@item -m16c
909Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
910
c54b5932
DD
911@item -relax
912Enable support for link-time relaxations.
913
914@item -h-tick-hex
915Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
916
49f58d10
JB
917@end table
918@end ifset
919
ec694b89
NC
920@ifset M32R
921The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 922Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 923
a4fb0134 924@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
925
926@item --m32rx
927Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
928is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
929
930@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
931Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 932encountered.
ec694b89
NC
933
934@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
935Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
936encountered.
ec694b89
NC
937
938@end table
939@end ifset
252b5132
RH
940
941@ifset M680X0
942The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
943Motorola 68000 series.
944
a4fb0134 945@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
946
947@item -l
948Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
949
0285c67d
NC
950@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
951@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
952@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
953Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
954is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
955
956@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
957The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
958The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
959the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
960two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
961coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
962
963@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
964The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
965unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
966
967@end table
968@end ifset
969
e135f41b
NC
970@ifset PDP11
971
972For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
973see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
974
a4fb0134 975@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
976@item -mpic | -mno-pic
977Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 978default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
979
980@item -mall
981@itemx -mall-extensions
982Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
983
984@item -mno-extensions
985Disable all instruction set extensions.
986
987@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
988Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
989
990@item -m@var{cpu}
991Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
992disable all other extensions.
993
994@item -m@var{machine}
995Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
996model, and disable all other extensions.
997@end table
998
999@end ifset
1000
041dd5a9
ILT
1001@ifset PJ
1002The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1003a picoJava processor.
1004
a4fb0134 1005@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1006
1007@cindex PJ endianness
1008@cindex endianness, PJ
1009@cindex big endian output, PJ
1010@item -mb
1011Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1012
1013@cindex little endian output, PJ
1014@item -ml
1015Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1016
1017@end table
1018@end ifset
1019
60bcf0fa
NC
1020@ifset M68HC11
1021The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1022Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1023
a4fb0134 1024@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1025
d01030e6 1026@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
1027Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1028defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1029
2f904664
SC
1030@item -mshort
1031Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1032
1033@item -mlong
01642c12 1034Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1035
1036@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1037Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1038
1039@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1040Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1041
1370e33d 1042@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1043Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1044conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1045sub routine.
1046
1370e33d
NC
1047@item -S | --short-branches
1048Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1049when the offset is out of range.
1050
1051@item --strict-direct-mode
1052Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1053when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1054
1055@item --print-insn-syntax
1056Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1057
1058@item --print-opcodes
1059print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
1060
1061@item --generate-example
1062print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1063This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1064
1065@end table
1066@end ifset
1067
252b5132 1068@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1069The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1070for the SPARC architecture:
1071
a4fb0134 1072@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1073@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1074@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1075Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1076
1077@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1078@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1079
1080@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1081UltraSPARC extensions.
1082
1083@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1084For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1085equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1086
1087@item -bump
1088Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1089@end table
1090@end ifset
1091
39bec121
TW
1092@ifset TIC54X
1093The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1094architecture.
39bec121 1095
a4fb0134 1096@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1097@item -mfar-mode
1098Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1099extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1100@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1101Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1102@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1103Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1104behaviour in the shell.
1105@end table
1106@end ifset
1107
252b5132
RH
1108@ifset MIPS
1109The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1110a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1111
a4fb0134 1112@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1113@item -G @var{num}
1114This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1115implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1116use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1117
1118@cindex MIPS endianness
1119@cindex endianness, MIPS
1120@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1121@item -EB
1122Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1123
1124@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1125@item -EL
1126Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1127
1128@cindex MIPS ISA
1129@item -mips1
1130@itemx -mips2
1131@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1132@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1133@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1134@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1135@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1136@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1137@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1138Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1139@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1140alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1141@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1142@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1143@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1144correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1145@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1146and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1147ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1148
1149@item -march=@var{CPU}
1150Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1151
1152@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1153Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1154
1155@item -mfix7000
1156@itemx -mno-fix7000
1157Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1158of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1159
ecb4347a
DJ
1160@item -mdebug
1161@itemx -no-mdebug
1162Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1163section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1164
dcd410fe
RO
1165@item -mpdr
1166@itemx -mno-pdr
1167Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1168
437ee9d5
TS
1169@item -mgp32
1170@itemx -mfp32
1171The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1172flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1173all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1174and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1175
1176@item -mips16
1177@itemx -no-mips16
1178Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1179@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1180turns off this option.
252b5132 1181
df58fc94
RS
1182@item -mmicromips
1183@itemx -mno-micromips
1184Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1185@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1186turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1187at the start of the assembly file.
1188
e16bfa71
TS
1189@item -msmartmips
1190@itemx -mno-smartmips
1191Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1192equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1193@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1194
1f25f5d3
CD
1195@item -mips3d
1196@itemx -no-mips3d
1197Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1198This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1199@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1200
deec1734
CD
1201@item -mdmx
1202@itemx -no-mdmx
1203Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1204This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1205@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1206
2ef2b9ae
CF
1207@item -mdsp
1208@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1209Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1210This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1211@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1212
8b082fb1
TS
1213@item -mdspr2
1214@itemx -mno-dspr2
1215Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1216This option implies -mdsp.
1217This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1218@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1219
ef2e4d86
CF
1220@item -mmt
1221@itemx -mno-mt
1222Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1223This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1224@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1225
437ee9d5
TS
1226@item --construct-floats
1227@itemx --no-construct-floats
1228The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1229double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1230value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1231the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1232selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1233
1234@cindex emulation
1235@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1236This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1237for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1238between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1239debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1240endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1241@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1242@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1243of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1244the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1245in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1246selection in any case.
1247
1248This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1249@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1250Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1251@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1252the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1253configuration includes support for both.
1254
1255Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1256fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1257more processors.
1258
1259@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1260@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1261the native tools.
1262
252b5132
RH
1263@item --trap
1264@itemx --no-trap
1265@itemx --break
1266@itemx --no-break
1267Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1268@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1269(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1270@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1271break exception.
63486801
L
1272
1273@item -n
a4fb0134 1274When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1275time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1276@end table
1277@end ifset
1278
1279@ifset MCORE
1280The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1281an MCore processor.
1282
a4fb0134 1283@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1284@item -jsri2bsr
1285@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1286Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1287The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1288
1289@item -sifilter
1290@itemx -nosifilter
1291Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1292The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1293
1294@item -relax
1295Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1296
ec694b89
NC
1297@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1298Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1299can be assembled.
1300
1301@item -EB
1302Assemble for a big endian target.
1303
1304@item -EL
1305Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1306
1307@end table
1308@end ifset
1309
3c3bdf30
NC
1310@ifset MMIX
1311See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1312@end ifset
1313
635fb38d 1314@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1315@ifset PPC
1316
1317@ifclear man
1318@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1319for a PowerPC processor.
1320@end ifclear
1321
1322@ifset man
1323@c man begin OPTIONS
1324The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1325PowerPC processor.
1326@c man end
1327@c man begin INCLUDE
1328@include c-ppc.texi
1329@c ended inside the included file
1330@end ifset
1331
1332@end ifset
1333
635fb38d 1334@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1335@ifset RX
1336See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1337@end ifset
1338
11c19e16
MS
1339@ifset S390
1340The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1341processor family.
1342
1343@table @gcctabopt
1344@item -m31
1345@itemx -m64
1346Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1347@item -mesa
1348@item -mzarch
1349Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1350Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1351@item -march=@var{processor}
1352Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1353@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1354@item -mregnames
1355@itemx -mno-regnames
1356Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1357@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1358Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1359but evaluates to zero.
1360@end table
1361@end ifset
2a633939 1362@c man end
11c19e16 1363
40b36596 1364@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1365
1366@ifclear man
1367@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1368for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1369@end ifclear
1370
1371@ifset man
1372@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1373The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1374TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1375@c man end
1376@c man begin INCLUDE
1377@include c-tic6x.texi
1378@c ended inside the included file
1379@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1380
1381@end ifset
1382
aa137e4d
NC
1383@ifset TILEGX
1384
1385@ifclear man
1386@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1387for a TILE-Gx processor.
1388@end ifclear
1389
1390@ifset man
1391@c man begin OPTIONS
1392The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1393processor.
1394@c man end
1395@c man begin INCLUDE
1396@include c-tilegx.texi
1397@c ended inside the included file
1398@end ifset
1399
1400@end ifset
1401
e0001a05 1402@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1403
2d8b84ae
SA
1404@ifclear man
1405@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1406for an Xtensa processor.
1407@end ifclear
1408
1409@ifset man
1410@c man begin OPTIONS
1411The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1412Xtensa processor.
1413@c man end
1414@c man begin INCLUDE
1415@include c-xtensa.texi
1416@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1417@end ifset
1418
2d8b84ae
SA
1419@end ifset
1420
1421@c man begin OPTIONS
1422
3c9b82ba
NC
1423@ifset Z80
1424The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1425a Z80 family processor.
1426@table @gcctabopt
1427@item -z80
1428Assemble for Z80 processor.
1429@item -r800
1430Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1431@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1432@itemx -Wnud
1433Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1434@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1435@itemx -Wnup
1436Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1437@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1438@itemx -Wud
1439Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1440@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1441@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1442Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1443@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1444@itemx -Fud
1445Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1446@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1447@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1448Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1449@end table
1450@end ifset
1451
0285c67d
NC
1452@c man end
1453
252b5132
RH
1454@menu
1455* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1456* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1457* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1458* Command Line:: Command Line
1459* Input Files:: Input Files
1460* Object:: Output (Object) File
1461* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1462@end menu
1463
1464@node Manual
1465@section Structure of this Manual
1466
1467@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1468This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1469@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1470notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1471@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1472
1473@ifclear GENERIC
1474We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1475configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1476@end ifclear
1477@ifset GENERIC
1478This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1479various flavors of the assembler.
1480@end ifset
1481
1482@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1483On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1484to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1485In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1486architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1487mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1488particular architecture.
1489@ifset GENERIC
1490You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1491machine architecture manual for this information.
1492@end ifset
1493@ifclear GENERIC
1494@ifset H8/300
1495For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1496Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1497Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1498@end ifset
252b5132 1499@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1500For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1501see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1502@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1503@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1504@end ifset
1505@ifset Z8000
1506For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1507@end ifset
1508@end ifclear
1509
1510@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1511@ignore
1512Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1513the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1514Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1515computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1516once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1517qualification.
1518
a4fb0134 1519@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1520human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1521computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1522@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1523@end ignore
1524
1525@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1526@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1527@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1528@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1529@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1530@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1531@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1532@c directives).
1533
1534@node GNU Assembler
1535@section The GNU Assembler
1536
0285c67d
NC
1537@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1538
a4fb0134 1539@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1540@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1541This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1542configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1543@end ifclear
1544If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1545should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1546architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1547including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1548@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1549
1550@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1551@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1552@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1553@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1554assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1555machine would assemble.
1556@ifset VAX
1557Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1558@end ifset
1559@ifset M680X0
1560@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1561@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1562This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1563assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1564incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1565@end ifset
1566
0285c67d
NC
1567@c man end
1568
a4fb0134 1569Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1570program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1571@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1572
1573@node Object Formats
1574@section Object File Formats
1575
1576@cindex object file format
1577The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1578object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1579write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1580are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1581Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1582@ifclear GENERIC
1583@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1584For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1585@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1586@end ifclear
1587@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1588@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1589On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1590@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1591@end ifset
1592@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1593On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1594SOM or ELF format object files.
1595@end ifset
1596@end ifclear
1597
1598@node Command Line
1599@section Command Line
1600
1601@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1602
a4fb0134 1603After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1604options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1605before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1606significant.
1607
1608@cindex standard input, as input file
1609@kindex --
1610@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1611explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1612
1613@cindex options, command line
1614Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1615hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1616@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1617option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1618the letter is important. All options are optional.
1619
1620Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1621name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1622with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1623standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1624
1625@smallexample
1626@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1627@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1628@end smallexample
1629
1630@node Input Files
1631@section Input Files
1632
1633@cindex input
1634@cindex source program
1635@cindex files, input
1636We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1637describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1638be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1639doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1640
1641@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1642@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1643The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1644order specified.
1645
0285c67d 1646@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1647Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1648program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1649(The standard input is also a file.)
1650
a4fb0134 1651You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1652names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1653command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1654is taken to be an input file name.
1655
a4fb0134
SC
1656If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1657from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1658may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1659to assemble.
1660
1661Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1662in your command line.
1663
a4fb0134 1664If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1665file.
1666
0285c67d
NC
1667@c man end
1668
252b5132
RH
1669@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1670
1671@cindex input file linenumbers
1672@cindex line numbers, in input files
1673There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1674either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1675number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1676``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1677
1678@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1679to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1680
1681@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1682directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1683error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1684is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1685@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1686@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1687
1688@node Object
1689@section Output (Object) File
1690
1691@cindex object file
1692@cindex output file
1693@kindex a.out
1694@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1695Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1696your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1697is the object file. Its default name is
1698@ifclear BOUT
1699@code{a.out}.
1700@end ifclear
1701@ifset BOUT
1702@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1703@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1704@end ifset
a4fb0134 1705@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1706@end ifset
a4fb0134 1707You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1708object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1709reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1710directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1711possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1712
1713@cindex linker
1714@kindex ld
1715The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1716assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1717the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1718information for the debugger.
1719
1720@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1721@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1722
1723@node Errors
1724@section Error and Warning Messages
1725
0285c67d
NC
1726@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1727
a349d9dd 1728@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1729@cindex warning messages
1730@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1731@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1732file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1733runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1734that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1735grave problem that stops the assembly.
1736
0285c67d
NC
1737@c man end
1738
252b5132
RH
1739@cindex format of warning messages
1740Warning messages have the format
1741
1742@smallexample
1743file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1744@end smallexample
1745
1746@noindent
1747@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1748(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1749(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1750the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1751@ifset GENERIC
1752(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1753@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1754then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1755otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1756message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1757tradition).
1758
1759@cindex format of error messages
1760Error messages have the format
1761@smallexample
1762file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1763@end smallexample
1764The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1765messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1766because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1767
1768@node Invoking
1769@chapter Command-Line Options
1770
1771@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1772This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1773versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1774for options specific
252b5132 1775@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1776to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1777@end ifclear
1778@ifset GENERIC
1779to particular machine architectures.
1780@end ifset
1781
0285c67d
NC
1782@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1783
c1253627 1784If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1785you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1786The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1787by commas. For example:
1788
1789@smallexample
1790gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1791@end smallexample
1792
1793@noindent
1794This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1795standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1796local symbols in the symbol table).
1797
1798Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1799command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1800(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1801precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1802assembler.)
1803
0285c67d
NC
1804@c man end
1805
252b5132 1806@menu
83f10cb2 1807* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1808* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1809* D:: -D for compatibility
1810* f:: -f to work faster
1811* I:: -I for .include search path
1812@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1813* K:: -K for compatibility
1814@end ifclear
1815@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1816* K:: -K for difference tables
1817@end ifset
1818
ba83aca1 1819* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1820* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1821* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1822* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1823* o:: -o to name the object file
1824* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1825* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1826* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1827* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1828* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1829* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1830@end menu
1831
1832@node a
83f10cb2 1833@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1834
1835@kindex -a
1836@kindex -ac
1837@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1838@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1839@kindex -ah
1840@kindex -al
1841@kindex -an
1842@kindex -as
1843@cindex listings, enabling
1844@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1845
1846These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1847@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1848You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1849@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1850@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1851@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1852High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1853@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1854also.
1855
83f10cb2
NC
1856Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1857information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1858
252b5132
RH
1859Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1860which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1861other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1862omitted from the listing.
1863
1864Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1865listing.
1866
1867Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1868listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1869@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1870@code{.sbttl}.
1871The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1872If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1873listing-control directives have no effect.
1874
1875The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1876@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1877
96e9638b
BW
1878Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1879because it
c3a27914
NC
1880is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1881is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1882directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1883stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1884memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1885
caa32fe5
NC
1886@node alternate
1887@section @option{--alternate}
1888
1889@kindex --alternate
1890Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1891
252b5132 1892@node D
a4fb0134 1893@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1894
1895@kindex -D
1896This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1897likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1898@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1899
1900@node f
a4fb0134 1901@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1902
1903@kindex -f
1904@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1905@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1906@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1907(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1908and comment preprocessing on
1909the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1910,Preprocessing}.
1911
1912@quotation
1913@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1914preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1915not work correctly.
1916@end quotation
1917
1918@node I
c1253627 1919@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1920
1921@kindex -I @var{path}
1922@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1923@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1924@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1925Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1926@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1927directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1928many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1929working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1930searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1931specified (left to right) on the command line.
1932
1933@node K
a4fb0134 1934@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1935
1936@kindex -K
1937@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1938On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1939permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1940where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1941generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1942family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1943alteration on other platforms.
1944@end ifclear
1945
1946@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1947@cindex difference tables, warning
1948@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1949@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1950form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1951You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1952is done.
1953@end ifset
1954
1955@node L
ba83aca1 1956@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1957
1958@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1959@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1960Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1961@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1962called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1963such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1964programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1965notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1966such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1967
1968This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1969in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1970@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1971
c3a27914 1972@node listing
a4fb0134 1973@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1974
1975The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1976@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1977hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1978them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1979directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1980@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1981@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1982@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1983
a4fb0134 1984@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1985@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1986@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1987@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1988Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1989dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1990
1991@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1992@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1993@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1994Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1995a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1996the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1997switch is used the default is to one.
1998
1999@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2000@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2001@cindex Width of source line output
2002Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2003alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2004source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2005
2006@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2007@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2008@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2009Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2010displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2011@end table
2012
252b5132 2013@node M
a4fb0134 2014@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2015
2016@kindex -M
2017@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2018The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2019changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2020compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2021configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2022MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2023information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2024arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2025assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2026
2027The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2028depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2029file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2030individually. These are:
2031
2032@itemize @bullet
2033@item global symbols in common section
2034
2035The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2036Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2037common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2038symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2039symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2040
2041@item complex relocations
2042
2043The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2044relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2045are not support by other object file formats.
2046
2047@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2048
2049The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2050This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2051instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2052script.
2053
2054@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2055
2056The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2057name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2058
2059@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2060
2061The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2062address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2063which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2064not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2065assigned within a linker script.
2066@end itemize
2067
2068There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2069@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2070seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2071
2072@itemize @bullet
2073
2074@item EBCDIC strings
2075
2076EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2077
2078@item packed binary coded decimal
2079
2080Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2081and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2082
2083@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2084
2085The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2086
2087@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2088
2089The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2090
2091@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2092
2093The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2094@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2095relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2096these options serve no purpose.
2097
2098@item @code{OPT} list control options
2099
2100The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2101@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2102@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2103
2104@item other @code{OPT} options
2105
2106The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2107@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2108
2109@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2110
2111The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2112@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2113
2114@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2115
2116The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2117
2118@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2119
2120The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2121
2122@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2123
2124The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2125
2126@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2127
2128The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2129
2130@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2131
2132The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2133
2134@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2135
2136The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2137
2138@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2139
2140The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2141
2142@end itemize
2143
2144@node MD
c1253627 2145@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2146
2147@kindex --MD
2148@cindex dependency tracking
2149@cindex make rules
2150
a4fb0134 2151@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2152file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2153dependencies of the main source file.
2154
2155The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2156
2157This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2158
2159@node o
a4fb0134 2160@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2161
2162@kindex -o
2163@cindex naming object file
2164@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2165There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2166default it has the name
2167@ifset GENERIC
2168@ifset I960
2169@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2170@end ifset
2171@ifclear I960
2172@file{a.out}.
2173@end ifclear
2174@end ifset
2175@ifclear GENERIC
2176@ifset I960
2177@file{b.out}.
2178@end ifset
2179@ifclear I960
2180@file{a.out}.
2181@end ifclear
2182@end ifclear
2183You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2184object file a different name.
2185
a4fb0134 2186Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2187existing file of the same name.
2188
2189@node R
a4fb0134 2190@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2191
2192@kindex -R
2193@cindex data and text sections, joining
2194@cindex text and data sections, joining
2195@cindex joining text and data sections
2196@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2197@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2198data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2199the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2200section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2201your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2202appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2203
a4fb0134 2204When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2205address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2206data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2207older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2208
c1253627
NC
2209@ifset COFF-ELF
2210When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2211this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2212@samp{.data}.
2213@end ifset
2214
2215@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2216@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2217@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2218@end ifset
2219
2220@node statistics
a4fb0134 2221@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2222
2223@kindex --statistics
2224@cindex statistics, about assembly
2225@cindex time, total for assembly
2226@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2227Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2228@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2229(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2230seconds).
2231
2232@node traditional-format
c1253627 2233@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2234
2235@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2236For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2237from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2238@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2239
2240For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2241@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2242
2243@node v
a4fb0134 2244@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2245
2246@kindex -v
2247@kindex -version
2248@cindex assembler version
2249@cindex version of assembler
2250You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2251option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2252command line.
2253
2254@node W
a4fb0134 2255@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2256
a4fb0134 2257@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2258assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2259cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2260made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2261
c1253627
NC
2262@kindex -W
2263@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2264@cindex suppressing warnings
2265@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2266If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2267This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2268how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2269are still reported.
2270
c1253627 2271@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2272@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2273@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2274If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2275files that generate warnings to be in error.
2276
c1253627 2277@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2278@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2279You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2280causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2281
2282@node Z
a4fb0134 2283@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2284@cindex object file, after errors
2285@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2286After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2287some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2288@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2289option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2290writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2291errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2292
2293@node Syntax
2294@chapter Syntax
2295
2296@cindex machine-independent syntax
2297@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2298This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2299source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2300assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2301@ifclear VAX
2302assembler.
2303@end ifclear
2304@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2305assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2306@end ifset
2307
2308@menu
7c31ae13 2309* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2310* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2311* Comments:: Comments
2312* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2313* Statements:: Statements
2314* Constants:: Constants
2315@end menu
2316
2317@node Preprocessing
2318@section Preprocessing
2319
2320@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2321The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2322@itemize @bullet
2323@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2324@item
2325adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2326the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2327a single space.
2328
2329@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2330@item
2331removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2332appropriate number of newlines.
2333
2334@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2335@item
2336converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2337@end itemize
2338
2339It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2340anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2341do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2342(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2343to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2344@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2345Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2346
2347Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2348cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2349preprocessed.
2350
2351@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2352@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2353@kindex #NO_APP
2354@kindex #APP
2355If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2356@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2357Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2358specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2359text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2360@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2361@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2362and whitespace.
2363
2364@node Whitespace
2365@section Whitespace
2366
2367@cindex whitespace
2368@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2369Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2370people to read. Unless within character constants
2371(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2372as exactly one space.
2373
2374@node Comments
2375@section Comments
2376
2377@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2378There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2379cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2380
2381Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2382This means you may not nest these comments.
2383
2384@smallexample
2385/*
2386 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2387 is to use this sort of comment.
2388*/
2389
2390/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2391@end smallexample
2392
2393@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2394Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2395considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2396specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2397line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2398line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2399comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2400upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2401@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2402
2403If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2404special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2405to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2406
2407@kindex #
2408@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2409@cindex logical line numbers
2410To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2411special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2412expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2413line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2414new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2415
2416If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2417the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2418
2419@smallexample
2420 # This is an ordinary comment.
2421# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2422 # This is logical line # 36.
2423@end smallexample
2424This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2425of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2426
2427@node Symbol Intro
2428@section Symbols
2429
2430@cindex characters used in symbols
2431@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2432A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2433letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2434@samp{_.$}.
2435@end ifclear
2436@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2437@ifclear GENERIC
2438@ifset H8
2439A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2440letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2441@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2442symbol names.)
2443@end ifset
2444@end ifclear
2445@end ifset
2446@ifset GENERIC
2447On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2448are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2449@end ifset
2450No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2451There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2452delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2453(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2454not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2455@cindex length of symbols
2456
2457@node Statements
2458@section Statements
2459
2460@cindex statements, structure of
2461@cindex line separator character
2462@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2463
2464A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2465@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2466specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2467target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2468The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2469preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2470exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2471
2472@cindex newline, required at file end
2473@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2474It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2475character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2476
2477An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2478
2479@cindex instructions and directives
2480@cindex directives and instructions
2481@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2482@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2483@c 13feb91.
2484A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2485key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2486symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2487symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2488directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2489a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2490assembles into a machine language instruction.
2491@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2492Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2493recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2494represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2495language.@refill
2496@end ifset
2497
2498@cindex @code{:} (label)
2499@cindex label (@code{:})
2500A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2501Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2502have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2503
2504@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2505For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2506the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2507only one label may be defined on each line.
2508@end ifset
2509
2510@smallexample
2511label: .directive followed by something
2512another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2513 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2514@end smallexample
2515
2516@node Constants
2517@section Constants
2518
2519@cindex constants
2520A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2521inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2522@smallexample
2523@group
2524.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2525.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2526.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2527.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
252895028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2529@end group
2530@end smallexample
2531
2532@menu
2533* Characters:: Character Constants
2534* Numbers:: Number Constants
2535@end menu
2536
2537@node Characters
2538@subsection Character Constants
2539
2540@cindex character constants
2541@cindex constants, character
2542There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2543for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2544numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2545@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2546used in arithmetic expressions.
2547
2548@menu
2549* Strings:: Strings
2550* Chars:: Characters
2551@end menu
2552
2553@node Strings
2554@subsubsection Strings
2555
2556@cindex string constants
2557@cindex constants, string
2558A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2559double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2560into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2561a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2562one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2563@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2564(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2565escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2566
2567@cindex escape codes, character
2568@cindex character escape codes
2569@table @kbd
2570@c @item \a
2571@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2572@c
2573@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2574@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2575@item \b
2576Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2577
2578@c @item \e
2579@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2580@c
2581@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2582@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2583@item \f
2584Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2585
2586@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2587@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2588@item \n
2589Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2590
2591@c @item \p
2592@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2593@c
2594@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2595@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2596@item \r
2597Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2598
2599@c @item \s
2600@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2601@c other assemblers.
2602@c
2603@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2604@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2605@item \t
2606Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2607
2608@c @item \v
2609@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2610@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2611@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2612@c
2613@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2614@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2615@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2616An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2617For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2618for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2619
2620@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2621@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2622@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2623A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2624lower case @code{x} works.
2625
2626@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2627@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2628@item \\
2629Represents one @samp{\} character.
2630
2631@c @item \'
2632@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2633@c This is needed in single character literals
2634@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2635@c a @samp{'}.
2636@c
2637@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2638@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2639@item \"
2640Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2641this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2642
2643@item \ @var{anything-else}
2644Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2645assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2646you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2647interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2648other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2649code and warns you of the fact.
2650@end table
2651
2652Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2653varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2654the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2655compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2656sequence.
2657
2658@node Chars
2659@subsubsection Characters
2660
2661@cindex single character constant
2662@cindex character, single
2663@cindex constant, single character
2664A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2665followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2666to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2667must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2668@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2669grave accent. A newline
2670@ifclear GENERIC
2671@ifclear abnormal-separator
2672(or semicolon @samp{;})
2673@end ifclear
2674@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2675@ifset H8
2676(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2677Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2678@end ifset
2679@end ifset
2680@end ifclear
2681immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2682and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2683constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2684that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2685@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2686
2687@node Numbers
2688@subsection Number Constants
2689
2690@cindex constants, number
2691@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2692@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2693are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2694would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2695integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2696are floating point numbers, described below.
2697
2698@menu
2699* Integers:: Integers
2700* Bignums:: Bignums
2701* Flonums:: Flonums
2702@ifclear GENERIC
2703@ifset I960
2704* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2705@end ifset
2706@end ifclear
2707@end menu
2708
2709@node Integers
2710@subsubsection Integers
2711@cindex integers
2712@cindex constants, integer
2713
2714@cindex binary integers
2715@cindex integers, binary
2716A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2717the binary digits @samp{01}.
2718
2719@cindex octal integers
2720@cindex integers, octal
2721An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2722digits (@samp{01234567}).
2723
2724@cindex decimal integers
2725@cindex integers, decimal
2726A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2727more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2728
2729@cindex hexadecimal integers
2730@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2731A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2732more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2733
2734Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2735the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2736(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2737
2738@node Bignums
2739@subsubsection Bignums
2740
2741@cindex bignums
2742@cindex constants, bignum
2743A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2744except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2745represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2746integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2747
2748@node Flonums
2749@subsubsection Flonums
2750@cindex flonums
2751@cindex floating point numbers
2752@cindex constants, floating point
2753
2754@cindex precision, floating point
2755A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2756indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2757@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2758sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2759to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2760portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2761
2762A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2763@itemize @bullet
2764@item
2765The digit @samp{0}.
2766@ifset HPPA
2767(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2768@end ifset
2769
2770@item
a4fb0134 2771A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2772@ifset GENERIC
2773@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2774@ignore
2775@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2776(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
27774.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2778@end ignore
2779
7be1c489 2780On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2781and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2782one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2783
2784On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2785(in upper or lower case).
2786
2787On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2788one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2789
2790On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2791@end ifset
2792@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2793@ifset ARC
2794One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2795@end ifset
2796@ifset H8
2797One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2798@end ifset
2799@ifset HPPA
2800The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2801@end ifset
2802@ifset I960
2803One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2804@end ifset
2805@end ifclear
2806
2807@item
2808An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2809
2810@item
2811An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2812
2813@item
2814An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2815or more decimal digits.
2816
2817@item
2818An optional exponent, consisting of:
2819
2820@itemize @bullet
2821@item
2822An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2823@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2824@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2825@item
2826Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2827@item
2828One or more decimal digits.
2829@end itemize
2830
2831@end itemize
2832
2833At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2834present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2835
a4fb0134 2836@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2837independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2838@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2839
2840@ifclear GENERIC
2841@ifset I960
2842@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2843@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2844@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2845@node Bit Fields
2846@subsubsection Bit Fields
2847
2848@cindex bit fields
2849@cindex constants, bit field
2850You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2851Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2852@example
2853@var{mask}:@var{value}
2854@end example
2855@noindent
a4fb0134 2856@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2857@var{value}.
2858
2859The resulting number is then packed
2860@ifset GENERIC
2861@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2862(in host-dependent byte order)
2863@end ifset
2864into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2865bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2866requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2867more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2868least significant digits.@refill
2869
2870The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2871@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2872@end ifset
2873@end ifclear
2874
2875@node Sections
2876@chapter Sections and Relocation
2877@cindex sections
2878@cindex relocation
2879
2880@menu
2881* Secs Background:: Background
2882* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2883* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2884* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2885* bss:: bss Section
2886@end menu
2887
2888@node Secs Background
2889@section Background
2890
2891Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2892``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2893For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2894
2895@cindex linker, and assembler
2896@cindex assembler, and linker
2897The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2898combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2899emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2900@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2901different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2902oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2903sections.
2904
2905@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2906addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2907units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2908within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2909run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2910the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2911the proper run-time addresses.
2912@ifset H8
7be1c489 2913For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2914@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2915ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2916@end ifset
2917
2918@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2919An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2920of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2921@dfn{bss} sections.
2922
c1253627 2923@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2924@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2925When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2926@end ifset
a4fb0134 2927@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2928using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2929If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2930or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2931@end ifset
2932
2933@ifset HPPA
2934@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2935When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2936@end ifset
a4fb0134 2937@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2938specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2939@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2940(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2941assembler directives.
2942
2943@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2944Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2945text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2946is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2947BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2948@end ifset
2949@end ifset
2950
2951Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2952data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2953
2954@ifset HPPA
2955When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2956section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2957@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2958@end ifset
2959
2960To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2961relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2962object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2963@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2964file is mentioned:
2965@itemize @bullet
2966@item
2967Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2968an address?
2969@item
2970How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2971@item
2972Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2973@display
2974(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2975@end display
2976@item
2977Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2978@end itemize
2979
2980@cindex addresses, format of
2981@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2982In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2983@display
2984(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2985@end display
2986@noindent
a4fb0134 2987Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2988nature.
2989@ifset SOM
2990(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2991symbol-relative instead.)
2992@end ifset
2993
2994In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
2995@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
2996
2997Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
2998@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
2999addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3000@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3001@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3002data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3003their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3004part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3005address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3006
3007The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3008address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3009rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3010Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3011address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3012common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3013time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3014
3015By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3016the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3017sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3018customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3019the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3020data and bss sections.
3021
3022Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3023use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3024
3025@node Ld Sections
3026@section Linker Sections
3027@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3028
3029@table @strong
3030
c1253627 3031@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3032@cindex named sections
3033@cindex sections, named
3034@item named sections
3035@end ifset
3036@ifset aout-bout
3037@cindex text section
3038@cindex data section
3039@itemx text section
3040@itemx data section
3041@end ifset
a4fb0134 3042These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3043separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3044true of another.
3045@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3046When the program is running, however, it is
3047customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3048text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3049instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3050program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3051in the data section.
c1253627 3052@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3053
3054@cindex bss section
3055@item bss section
3056This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3057is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3058each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3059out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3060bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3061those explicit zeros from object files.
3062
3063@cindex absolute section
3064@item absolute section
3065Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3066This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3067not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3068addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3069
3070@cindex undefined section
3071@item undefined section
3072This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3073the preceding sections.
3074@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3075@end table
3076
3077@cindex relocation example
3078An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3079@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3080The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3081@end ifset
3082Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3083
3084@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3085@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3086@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3087@smallexample
3088 +-----+----+--+
3089partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3090 +-----+----+--+
3091
3092 text data bss
3093 seg. seg. seg.
3094
3095 +---+---+---+
3096partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3097 +---+---+---+
3098
3099 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3100linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3101 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3102
3103 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3104@end smallexample
3105@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3106@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3107@need 5000
3108@tex
c1253627 3109\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3110\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3111\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3112\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3113
3114\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3115\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3116\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3117
3118\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3119\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3120\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3121ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3122DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3123
3124\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3125\line{0\dots\hfil}
3126
3127@end tex
3128@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3129
3130@node As Sections
3131@section Assembler Internal Sections
3132
3133@cindex internal assembler sections
3134@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3135These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3136have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3137sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3138warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3139meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3140value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3141section-relative address.
3142
3143@table @b
3144@cindex assembler internal logic error
3145@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3146An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3147bug in the assembler.
3148
3149@cindex expr (internal section)
3150@item expr section
3151The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3152symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3153it in the expr section.
3154@c FIXME item debug
3155@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3156@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3157@c FIXME item register
3158@end table
3159
3160@node Sub-Sections
3161@section Sub-Sections
3162
3163@cindex numbered subsections
3164@cindex grouping data
3165@ifset aout-bout
3166Assembled bytes
c1253627 3167@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3168conventionally
3169@end ifset
3170fall into two sections: text and data.
3171@end ifset
3172You may have separate groups of
3173@ifset GENERIC
3174data in named sections
3175@end ifset
3176@ifclear GENERIC
3177@ifclear aout-bout
3178data in named sections
3179@end ifclear
3180@ifset aout-bout
3181text or data
3182@end ifset
3183@end ifclear
3184that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3185are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3186use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3187numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3188same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3189subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3190section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3191assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3192section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3193constants being output.
3194
3195Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3196goes in subsection number zero.
3197
3198@ifset GENERIC
3199Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3200(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3201of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3202@end ifset
3203@ifclear GENERIC
3204@ifset H8
7be1c489 3205On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3206boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3207The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3208@end ifset
3209@ifset I960
3210@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3211@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3212@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3213@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3214@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3215@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3216@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3217@end ifclear
3218
3219Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3220to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3221The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3222other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3223They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3224data subsections as a data section.
3225
3226To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3227into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3228@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3229@ifset COFF
252b5132 3230@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3231When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3232@end ifset
3233@ifclear GENERIC
3234You
3235@end ifclear
3236can also use an extra subsection
3237argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3238@var{expression}}.
3239@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3240@ifset ELF
3241@ifset GENERIC
3242When generating ELF output, you
3243@end ifset
3244@ifclear GENERIC
3245You
3246@end ifclear
3247can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3248to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3249@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3250@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3251(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3252is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3253begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3254@smallexample
3255.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3256.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3257.text 1
3258.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3259.data 0
3260.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3261.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3262.text 0
3263.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3264.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3265@end smallexample
3266
3267Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3268assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3269restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3270counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3271@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3272current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3273assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3274
3275@node bss
3276@section bss Section
3277
3278@cindex bss section
3279@cindex common variable storage
3280The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3281You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3282not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3283your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3284section are zeroed bytes.
3285
3286The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3287@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3288
3289The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3290another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3291
3292@ifset GENERIC
3293When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3294COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3295see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3296section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3297@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3298@end ifset
3299
3300@node Symbols
3301@chapter Symbols
3302
3303@cindex symbols
3304Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3305things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3306to debug.
3307
3308@quotation
3309@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3310@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3311the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3312@end quotation
3313
3314@menu
3315* Labels:: Labels
3316* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3317* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3318* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3319* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3320@end menu
3321
3322@node Labels
3323@section Labels
3324
3325@cindex labels
3326A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3327@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3328active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3329operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3330different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3331definitions.
3332
3333@ifset HPPA
3334On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3335colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3336a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3337provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3338@end ifset
3339
3340@node Setting Symbols
3341@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3342
3343@cindex assigning values to symbols
3344@cindex symbol values, assigning
3345A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3346by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3347(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3348directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3349equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3350@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3351
f8739b83
JZ
3352@ifset Blackfin
3353Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3354@end ifset
3355
252b5132
RH
3356@node Symbol Names
3357@section Symbol Names
3358
3359@cindex symbol names
3360@cindex names, symbol
3361@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3362Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3363machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3364noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3365string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3366particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3367@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3368@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3369@ifset H8
3370Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3371Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3372character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3373on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3374@end ifset
3375@end ifset
3376
3377Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3378than @code{Foo}.
3379
3380Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3381refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3382in a program.
3383
3384@subheading Local Symbol Names
3385
3386@cindex local symbol names
3387@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3388A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3389By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3390@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3391set of local label prefixes.
3392@ifset HPPA
3393On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3394@end ifset
3395
3396Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3397normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3398You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3399@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3400
3401@subheading Local Labels
3402
3403@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3404@cindex temporary symbol names
3405@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3406Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3407They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3408the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3409To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3410represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3411definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3412you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3413@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3414for ``forwards''.
3415
3416There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3417too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3418the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3419defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3420definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3421noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3422implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3423
3424Here is an example:
3425
3426@smallexample
34271: branch 1f
34282: branch 1b
34291: branch 2f
34302: branch 1b
3431@end smallexample
3432
3433Which is the equivalent of:
3434
3435@smallexample
3436label_1: branch label_3
3437label_2: branch label_1
3438label_3: branch label_4
3439label_4: branch label_3
3440@end smallexample
3441
ba83aca1 3442Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3443transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3444The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3445are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3446these parts:
252b5132
RH
3447
3448@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3449@item @emph{local label prefix}
3450All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3451Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3452that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3453used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3454@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3455object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3456you may use them in debugging.
3457
2d5aaba0
NC
3458@item @var{number}
3459This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3460label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3461
2d5aaba0
NC
3462@item @kbd{C-B}
3463This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3464of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3465
3466@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3467This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3468@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3469number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3470the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3471@end table
3472
ba83aca1
BW
3473So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3474the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3475
3476@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3477@cindex dollar local symbols
3478
3479@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3480dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3481soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3482region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3483scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3484the same local label.
3485
3486Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3487except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3488@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3489
3490They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3491names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3492to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3493@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3494
3495@node Dot
3496@section The Special Dot Symbol
3497
3498@cindex dot (symbol)
3499@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3500@cindex current address
3501@cindex location counter
3502The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3503@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3504.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3505Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3506directive.
252b5132 3507@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3508Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3509@samp{.space 4}.
3510@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3511
3512@node Symbol Attributes
3513@section Symbol Attributes
3514
3515@cindex symbol attributes
3516@cindex attributes, symbol
3517Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3518``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3519attributes.
3520@ifset INTERNALS
3521The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3522@end ifset
3523
a4fb0134 3524If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3525all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3526symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3527would want.
3528
3529@menu
3530* Symbol Value:: Value
3531* Symbol Type:: Type
3532@ifset aout-bout
3533@ifset GENERIC
3534* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3535@end ifset
3536@ifclear GENERIC
3537@ifclear BOUT
3538* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3539@end ifclear
3540@ifset BOUT
3541* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3542@end ifset
3543@end ifclear
3544@end ifset
3545@ifset COFF
3546* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3547@end ifset
3548@ifset SOM
3549* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3550@end ifset
3551@end menu
3552
3553@node Symbol Value
3554@subsection Value
3555
3556@cindex value of a symbol
3557@cindex symbol value
3558The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3559location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3560number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3561Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3562as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3563symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3564called absolute.
3565
3566The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
35670 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3568@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3569same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3570name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3571common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3572bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3573allocated storage.
3574
3575@node Symbol Type
3576@subsection Type
3577
3578@cindex type of a symbol
3579@cindex symbol type
3580The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3581information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3582(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3583format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3584
3585@ifset aout-bout
3586@ifclear GENERIC
3587@ifset BOUT
3588@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3589@c better if it were available outside examples.
3590@need 1000
3591@node a.out Symbols
3592@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3593
3594@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3595@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3596These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3597one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3598@code{b.out}.
3599
3600@end ifset
3601@ifclear BOUT
3602@node a.out Symbols
3603@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3604
3605@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3606@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3607
3608@end ifclear
3609@end ifclear
3610@ifset GENERIC
3611@node a.out Symbols
3612@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3613
3614@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3615@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3616
3617@end ifset
3618@menu
3619* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3620* Symbol Other:: Other
3621@end menu
3622
3623@node Symbol Desc
3624@subsubsection Descriptor
3625
3626@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3627This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3628descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3629(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3630@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3631
3632@node Symbol Other
3633@subsubsection Other
3634
3635@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3636This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3637@end ifset
3638
3639@ifset COFF
3640@node COFF Symbols
3641@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3642
3643@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3644@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3645
3646The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3647like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3648@code{.endef} directives.
3649
3650@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3651
3652@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3653The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3654respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3655
3656@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3657
3658@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3659The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3660@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3661table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3662@end ifset
3663
3664@ifset SOM
3665@node SOM Symbols
3666@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3667
3668@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3669@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3670
3671The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3672the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3673
01642c12 3674The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3675Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3676@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3677@end ifset
3678
3679@node Expressions
3680@chapter Expressions
3681
3682@cindex expressions
3683@cindex addresses
3684@cindex numeric values
3685An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3686Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3687
3688The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3689a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3690enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3691section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3692the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3693@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3694
3695@menu
3696* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3697* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3698@end menu
3699
3700@node Empty Exprs
3701@section Empty Expressions
3702
3703@cindex empty expressions
3704@cindex expressions, empty
3705An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3706Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3707expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3708is compatible with other assemblers.
3709
3710@node Integer Exprs
3711@section Integer Expressions
3712
3713@cindex integer expressions
3714@cindex expressions, integer
3715An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3716by @emph{operators}.
3717
3718@menu
3719* Arguments:: Arguments
3720* Operators:: Operators
3721* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3722* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3723@end menu
3724
3725@node Arguments
3726@subsection Arguments
3727
3728@cindex expression arguments
3729@cindex arguments in expressions
3730@cindex operands in expressions
3731@cindex arithmetic operands
3732@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3733contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3734this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3735the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3736expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3737instruction operands.
3738
3739Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3740@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3741or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3742integer.
3743
3744Numbers are usually integers.
3745
3746A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3747that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3748these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3749instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3750assemblers.
3751
3752@cindex subexpressions
3753Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3754expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3755operator followed by an argument.
3756
3757@node Operators
3758@subsection Operators
3759
3760@cindex operators, in expressions
3761@cindex arithmetic functions
3762@cindex functions, in expressions
3763@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3764operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3765between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3766whitespace.
3767
3768@node Prefix Ops
3769@subsection Prefix Operator
3770
3771@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3772@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3773one argument, which must be absolute.
3774
3775@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3776@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3777@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3778@tex
3779\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3780@end tex
3781
3782@table @code
3783@item -
3784@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3785@item ~
3786@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3787@end table
3788
3789@tex
3790\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3791@end tex
3792
3793@node Infix Ops
3794@subsection Infix Operators
3795
3796@cindex infix operators
3797@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3798@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3799have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3800to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3801absolute, and the result is absolute.
3802
3803@enumerate
3804@cindex operator precedence
3805@cindex precedence of operators
3806
3807@item
3808Highest Precedence
3809
3810@table @code
3811@item *
3812@dfn{Multiplication}.
3813
3814@item /
3815@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3816
3817@item %
3818@dfn{Remainder}.
3819
d1eac9d9 3820@item <<
252b5132
RH
3821@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3822
d1eac9d9 3823@item >>
252b5132
RH
3824@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3825@end table
3826
3827@item
3828Intermediate precedence
3829
3830@table @code
3831@item |
3832
3833@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3834
3835@item &
3836@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3837
3838@item ^
3839@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3840
3841@item !
3842@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3843@end table
3844
3845@item
b131d4dc 3846Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3847
3848@table @code
3849@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3850@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3851@cindex arguments for addition
3852@item +
3853@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3854the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3855sections.
3856
3857@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3858@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3859@cindex arguments for subtraction
3860@item -
3861@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3862result has the section of the left argument.
3863If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3864You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3865@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3866
3867@cindex comparison expressions
3868@cindex expressions, comparison
3869@item ==
3870@dfn{Is Equal To}
3871@item <>
723a8472 3872@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3873@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3874@item <
3875@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3876@item >
b131d4dc 3877@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3878@item >=
b131d4dc 3879@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3880@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3881@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3882
3883The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3884value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3885perform signed comparisons.
3886@end table
3887
3888@item Lowest Precedence
3889
3890@table @code
3891@item &&
3892@dfn{Logical And}.
3893
3894@item ||
3895@dfn{Logical Or}.
3896
3897These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3898expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3899value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3900or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3901
252b5132
RH
3902@end table
3903@end enumerate
3904
3905In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3906address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3907
3908@node Pseudo Ops
3909@chapter Assembler Directives
3910
3911@cindex directives, machine independent
3912@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3913@cindex machine independent directives
3914All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3915The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3916
3917This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3918target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3919@ifset GENERIC
3920Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3921@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3922@end ifset
3923@ifclear GENERIC
3924@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3925@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3926@end ifset
3927@end ifclear
3928
3929@menu
3930* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3931@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3932* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3933@end ifset
f0dc282c 3934
252b5132 3935* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3936* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3937* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3938* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3939* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3940* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3941* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3942* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3943* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3944@ifset COFF
3945* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3946@end ifset
3947@ifset aout-bout
3948* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3949@end ifset
3950@ifset COFF
3951* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3952@end ifset
f0dc282c 3953
252b5132
RH
3954* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3955* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3956* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3957* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3958* End:: @code{.end}
3959@ifset COFF
3960* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3961@end ifset
f0dc282c 3962
252b5132
RH
3963* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3964* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3965* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3966* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3967* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3968* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3969* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3970* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3971* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3972* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3973* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3974* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3975* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 3976* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 3977* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3978@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3979* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3980* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3981@end ifset
f0dc282c 3982
252b5132
RH
3983* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3984* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3985* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3986* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3987* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3988* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3989@ifset ELF
3990* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3991@end ifset
f0dc282c 3992
252b5132
RH
3993* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3994* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3995* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
3996* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
3997@ifclear no-line-dir
3998* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
3999@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4000
252b5132
RH
4001* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4002* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4003* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4004* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4005* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4006@ifset ELF
4007* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4008@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4009
252b5132
RH
4010* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4011@ignore
4012* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4013@end ignore
f0dc282c 4014
252b5132
RH
4015* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4016* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4017* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4018* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4019* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4020* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4021* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4022* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4023@ifset ELF
4024* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4025* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4026@end ifset
f0dc282c 4027
252b5132 4028* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4029@ifset ELF
4030* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4031@end ifset
f0dc282c 4032
252b5132
RH
4033* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4034* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4035@ifset ELF
4036* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4037@end ifset
f0dc282c 4038
252b5132 4039* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4040* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4041* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4042* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4043@ifset COFF
4044* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4045@end ifset
4046@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4047* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4048@end ifset
f0dc282c 4049
252b5132
RH
4050* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4051* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4052* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4053@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4054* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4055@end ifset
884f0d36 4056@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4057* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4058@end ifclear
4059
252b5132 4060* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4061@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4062* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4063@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4064@ifset have-stabs
4065* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4066@end ifset
f0dc282c 4067
38a57ae7 4068* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4069* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4070@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4071* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4072* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4073@end ifset
f0dc282c 4074
252b5132
RH
4075@ifset COFF
4076* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4077@end ifset
f0dc282c 4078
252b5132
RH
4079* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4080* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4081@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4082* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4083@end ifset
4084
c91d2e08 4085* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4086@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4087* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4088@end ifset
f0dc282c 4089
2e13b764 4090@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4091* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4092* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4093* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4094@end ifset
f0dc282c 4095
d190d046 4096* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4097* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4098* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4099* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4100* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4101@end menu
4102
4103@node Abort
4104@section @code{.abort}
4105
4106@cindex @code{abort} directive
4107@cindex stopping the assembly
4108This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4109compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4110assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4111of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4112quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4113
4114@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4115@node ABORT (COFF)
4116@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4117
4118@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4119When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4120synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4121
4122@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4123When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4124but ignores it.
4125@end ifset
4126@end ifset
4127
4128@node Align
4129@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4130
4131@cindex padding the location counter
4132@cindex @code{align} directive
4133Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4134boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4135required, as described below.
4136
4137The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4138padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4139padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4140marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4141with no-op instructions.
4142
4143The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4144it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4145directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4146specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4147fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4148required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4149with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4150
4151The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4152For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4153s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4154alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4155the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4156is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4157first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4158
9e9a9798 4159For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4160strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4161number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4162advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4163counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4164multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4165
4166This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4167native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4168GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4169described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4170architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4171
ccf8a69b
BW
4172@node Altmacro
4173@section @code{.altmacro}
4174Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4175
4176@ftable @code
4177@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4178One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4179generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4180replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4181replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4182separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4183define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4184
4185@item String delimiters
4186You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4187@code{"@var{string}"}:
4188
4189@table @code
4190@item '@var{string}'
4191You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4192
4193@item <@var{string}>
4194You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4195@end table
4196
4197@item single-character string escape
4198To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4199character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4200character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4201write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4202
4203@item Expression results as strings
4204You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4205and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4206@end ftable
4207
252b5132
RH
4208@node Ascii
4209@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4210
4211@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4212@cindex string literals
4213@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4214separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4215trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4216
4217@node Asciz
4218@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4219
4220@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4221@cindex zero-terminated strings
4222@cindex null-terminated strings
4223@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4224a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4225
4226@node Balign
4227@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4228
4229@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4230@cindex @code{balign} directive
4231Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4232storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4233alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4234the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4235is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4236
4237The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4238padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4239padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4240marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4241with no-op instructions.
4242
4243The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4244it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4245directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4246specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4247fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4248required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4249with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4250
4251@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4252@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4253The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4254@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4255pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4256fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
42574,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4258filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4259the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4260undefined.
4261
4262@node Byte
4263@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4264
4265@cindex @code{byte} directive
4266@cindex integers, one byte
4267@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4268Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4269
54cfded0 4270@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4271@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4272@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4273@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4274should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4275If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4276if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4277To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4278directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4279
4b7d318b 4280@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4281@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4282@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4283should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4284data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4285@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4286
01642c12 4287Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4288it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4289
54cfded0
AM
4290@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4291@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4292@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4293unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4294@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4295
9b8ae42e
JJ
4296@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4297@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4298@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4299should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4300argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4301a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4302the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4303can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4304The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4305no personality routine.
4306
4307@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4308@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4309@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4310should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4311argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4312or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4313no LSDA.
4314
54cfded0 4315@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4316@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4317address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4318
4319@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4320@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4321now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4322remains the same.
4323
4324@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4325@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4326remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4327absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4328CFA address.
4329
4330@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4331Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4332value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4333
4334@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4335Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4336CFA.
54cfded0 4337
17076204
RH
4338@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4339Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4340the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4341using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4342This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4343code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4344
4b7d318b
L
4345@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4346Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4347
4348@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4349@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4350same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4351instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4352
4353@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4354From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4355
4356@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4357Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4358i.e. no restoration needed.
4359
01642c12
RM
4360@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4361First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4362then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4363everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4364the previous saved state.
4365
4366@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4367Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4368directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4369
63752a75
JJ
4370@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4371Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4372
6749011b 4373@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4374SPARC register window has been saved.
4375
cdfbf930
RH
4376@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4377Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4378might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4379opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4380
f1c4cc75
RH
4381@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4382The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4383will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4384description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4385
4386The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4387limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4388mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4389by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4390or another register.
4391
ccf8a69b
BW
4392@node Comm
4393@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4394
ccf8a69b
BW
4395@cindex @code{comm} directive
4396@cindex symbol, common
4397@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4398common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4399of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4400definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4401allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4402absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4403the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4404using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4405
c1711530
DK
4406@ifset COFF-ELF
4407When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4408an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4409specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4410that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4411as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4412boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4413power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4414common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4415alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4416largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4417maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4418is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4419@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4420multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4421It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4422(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4423@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4424
ccf8a69b
BW
4425@ifset HPPA
4426The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4427@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4428@end ifset
07a53e5c 4429
252b5132
RH
4430@node Data
4431@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4432
4433@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4434@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4435end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4436absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4437to zero.
4438
4439@ifset COFF
4440@node Def
4441@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4442
4443@cindex @code{def} directive
4444@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4445@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4446Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4447definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4448@ifset BOUT
4449
a4fb0134 4450This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4451format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4452but ignored.
4453@end ifset
4454@end ifset
4455
4456@ifset aout-bout
4457@node Desc
4458@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4459
4460@cindex @code{desc} directive
4461@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4462@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4463This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4464to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4465
4466@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4467The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4468configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4469object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4470it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4471@end ifset
4472@end ifset
4473
4474@ifset COFF
4475@node Dim
4476@section @code{.dim}
4477
4478@cindex @code{dim} directive
4479@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4480@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4481This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4482information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4483@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4484@ifset BOUT
4485
4486@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4487@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4488ignores it.
4489@end ifset
4490@end ifset
4491
4492@node Double
4493@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4494
4495@cindex @code{double} directive
4496@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4497@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4498assembles floating point numbers.
4499@ifset GENERIC
4500The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4501@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4502@end ifset
4503@ifclear GENERIC
4504@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4505On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4506in @sc{ieee} format.
4507@end ifset
4508@end ifclear
4509
4510@node Eject
4511@section @code{.eject}
4512
4513@cindex @code{eject} directive
4514@cindex new page, in listings
4515@cindex page, in listings
4516@cindex listing control: new page
4517Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4518
4519@node Else
4520@section @code{.else}
4521
4522@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4523@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4524assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4525of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4526was false.
4527
3fd9f047
TW
4528@node Elseif
4529@section @code{.elseif}
4530
4531@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4532@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4533assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4534@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4535
252b5132
RH
4536@node End
4537@section @code{.end}
4538
4539@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4540@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4541process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4542
4543@ifset COFF
4544@node Endef
4545@section @code{.endef}
4546
4547@cindex @code{endef} directive
4548This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4549@code{.def}.
4550@ifset BOUT
4551
4552@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4553@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4554directive but ignores it.
4555@end ifset
4556@end ifset
4557
4558@node Endfunc
4559@section @code{.endfunc}
4560@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4561@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4562
4563@node Endif
4564@section @code{.endif}
4565
4566@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4567@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4568it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4569conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4570
4571@node Equ
4572@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4573
4574@cindex @code{equ} directive
4575@cindex assigning values to symbols
4576@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4577This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4578It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4579
4580@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4581The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4582@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4583@end ifset
4584
3c9b82ba 4585@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4586The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4587@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4588On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4589but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4590Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4591@end ifset
4592
252b5132
RH
4593@node Equiv
4594@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4595@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4596The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4597the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4598symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4599undefined.
252b5132 4600
01642c12 4601Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4602@smallexample
4603.ifdef SYM
4604.err
4605.endif
4606.equ SYM,VAL
4607@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4608plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4609
4610@node Eqv
4611@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4612@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4613The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4614evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4615the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4616value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4617
4618@node Err
4619@section @code{.err}
4620@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4621If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4622message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4623object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4624
d190d046
HPN
4625@node Error
4626@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4627@cindex error directive
4628
4629Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4630string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4631message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4632@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4633
4634@smallexample
4635 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4636@end smallexample
4637
252b5132
RH
4638@node Exitm
4639@section @code{.exitm}
4640Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4641
4642@node Extern
4643@section @code{.extern}
4644
4645@cindex @code{extern} directive
4646@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4647with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4648all undefined symbols as external.
4649
4650@node Fail
4651@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4652
4653@cindex @code{fail} directive
4654Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4655or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4656than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4657include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4658complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4659
252b5132 4660@node File
14082c76 4661@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4662@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4663
4664@ifclear no-file-dir
4665There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4666that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4667@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4668
4669@subheading Default Version
4670
252b5132
RH
4671@cindex logical file name
4672@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4673This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4674are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4675
4676@smallexample
4677.file @var{string}
4678@end smallexample
4679
4680@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4681recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4682to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4683statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4684old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4685
4686@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4687@end ifclear
4688
14082c76
BW
4689When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4690to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4691
4692@smallexample
4693.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4694@end smallexample
4695
4696The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4697index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4698literal.
4699
4700The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4701table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4702information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4703entries will have.
4704
252b5132
RH
4705@node Fill
4706@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4707
4708@cindex @code{fill} directive
4709@cindex writing patterns in memory
4710@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4711@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4712This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4713may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4714more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4715other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4716is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4717zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4718byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4719Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4720@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4721compatible with other people's assemblers.
4722
4723@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4724If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4725assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4726@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4727
4728@node Float
4729@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4730
4731@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4732@cindex @code{float} directive
4733This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4734has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4735@ifset GENERIC
4736The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4737@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4738@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4739@end ifset
4740@ifclear GENERIC
4741@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4742On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4743in @sc{ieee} format.
4744@end ifset
4745@end ifclear
4746
4747@node Func
4748@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4749@cindex @code{func} directive
4750@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4751is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4752Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4753@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4754prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4755@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4756All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4757The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4758
4759@node Global
4760@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4761
4762@cindex @code{global} directive
4763@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4764@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4765@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4766other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4767@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4768from another file linked into the same program.
4769
4770Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4771compatibility with other assemblers.
4772
4773@ifset HPPA
4774On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4775partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4776@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4777@end ifset
4778
c91d2e08 4779@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4780@node Gnu_attribute
4781@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4782Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4783
c91d2e08
NC
4784@node Hidden
4785@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4786
c1253627
NC
4787@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4788@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4789This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4790@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4791@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4792
4793This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4794their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4795@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4796Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4797@end ifset
4798
252b5132
RH
4799@node hword
4800@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4801
4802@cindex @code{hword} directive
4803@cindex integers, 16-bit
4804@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4805@cindex sixteen bit integers
4806This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4807a 16 bit number for each.
4808
4809@ifset GENERIC
4810This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4811architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4812@end ifset
4813@ifclear GENERIC
4814@ifset W32
4815This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4816@end ifset
4817@ifset W16
4818This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4819@end ifset
4820@end ifclear
4821
4822@node Ident
4823@section @code{.ident}
4824
4825@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4826
4827This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4828behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4829a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4830source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4831for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4832@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4833emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4834
4835@node If
4836@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4837
4838@cindex conditional assembly
4839@cindex @code{if} directive
4840@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4841considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4842(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4843the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4844(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4845alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4846If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4847nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4848
4849The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4850@table @code
4851@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4852@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4853Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4854has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4855is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4856
26aca5f6
JB
4857@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4858@item .ifb @var{text}
4859Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4860
252b5132
RH
4861@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4862@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4863Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4864strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4865the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4866end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4867string comparison is case sensitive.
4868
4869@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4870@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4871Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4872
4873@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4874@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4875Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4876
4877@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4878@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4879Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4880equal to zero.
4881
4882@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4883@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4884Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4885
4886@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4887@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4888Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4889to zero.
4890
4891@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4892@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4893Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4894
26aca5f6
JB
4895@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4896@item .ifnb @var{text}
4897Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4898following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4899
252b5132
RH
4900@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4901@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4902Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4903following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4904
4905@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4906@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4907@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4908@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4909Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4910has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4911which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4912
4913@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4914@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4915Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4916(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4917
4918@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4919@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4920Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4921following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4922@end table
4923
7e005732
NC
4924@node Incbin
4925@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4926
4927@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4928@cindex binary files, including
4929The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4930location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4931option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4932around @var{file}.
4933
4934The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4935@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4936read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4937responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4938after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4939
252b5132
RH
4940@node Include
4941@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4942
4943@cindex @code{include} directive
4944@cindex supporting files, including
4945@cindex files, including
4946This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4947points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4948if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4949included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4950can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4951(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4952around @var{file}.
4953
4954@node Int
4955@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4956
4957@cindex @code{int} directive
4958@cindex integers, 32-bit
4959Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4960For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4961expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4962of target the assembly is for.
4963
4964@ifclear GENERIC
4965@ifset H8
7be1c489 4966On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4967integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
496832-bit integers.
4969@end ifset
4970@end ifclear
4971
c91d2e08
NC
4972@ifset ELF
4973@node Internal
4974@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4975
c1253627
NC
4976@cindex @code{internal} directive
4977@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4978This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4979@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 4980@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4981
4982This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4983their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4984@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4985(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4986processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4987@end ifset
4988
252b5132
RH
4989@node Irp
4990@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4991
4992@cindex @code{irp} directive
4993Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4994The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
4995terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
4996set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
4997@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
4998@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
4999sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5000
5001For example, assembling
5002
5003@example
5004 .irp param,1,2,3
5005 move d\param,sp@@-
5006 .endr
5007@end example
5008
5009is equivalent to assembling
5010
5011@example
5012 move d1,sp@@-
5013 move d2,sp@@-
5014 move d3,sp@@-
5015@end example
5016
96e9638b 5017For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5018
252b5132
RH
5019@node Irpc
5020@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5021
5022@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5023Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5024The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5025terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5026@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5027assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5028assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5029@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5030
5031For example, assembling
5032
5033@example
5034 .irpc param,123
5035 move d\param,sp@@-
5036 .endr
5037@end example
5038
5039is equivalent to assembling
5040
5041@example
5042 move d1,sp@@-
5043 move d2,sp@@-
5044 move d3,sp@@-
5045@end example
5046
5e75c3ab
JB
5047For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5048at @xref{Macro}.
5049
252b5132
RH
5050@node Lcomm
5051@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5052
5053@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5054@cindex local common symbols
5055@cindex symbols, local common
5056Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5057denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5058those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5059section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5060is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5061not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5062
5063@ifset GENERIC
5064Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5065argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5066@end ifset
5067
5068@ifset HPPA
5069The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5070@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5071@end ifset
5072
5073@node Lflags
5074@section @code{.lflags}
5075
5076@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5077@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5078assemblers, but ignores it.
5079
5080@ifclear no-line-dir
5081@node Line
5082@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5083
5084@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5085@cindex logical line number
5086@ifset aout-bout
5087Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5088expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5089statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5090reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5091@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5092for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5093@end ifset
5094
252b5132 5095Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5096@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5097when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5098were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5099@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5100
5101Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5102used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5103debugging.
5104@end ifclear
5105
5106@node Linkonce
5107@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5108@cindex COMDAT
5109@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5110@cindex common sections
5111Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5112This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5113but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5114The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5115Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5116unique.
5117
5118This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5119writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5120Executable format used on Windows NT.
5121
5122The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5123following strings. For example:
5124@smallexample
5125.linkonce same_size
5126@end smallexample
5127Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5128
5129@table @code
5130@item discard
5131Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5132
5133@item one_only
5134Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5135
5136@item same_size
5137Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5138
5139@item same_contents
5140Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5141@end table
5142
ccf8a69b
BW
5143@node List
5144@section @code{.list}
5145
5146@cindex @code{list} directive
5147@cindex listing control, turning on
5148Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5149not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5150internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5151counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5152generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5153
5154By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5155@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5156the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5157
252b5132
RH
5158@node Ln
5159@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5160
5161@cindex @code{ln} directive
5162@ifclear no-line-dir
5163@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5164@end ifclear
5165@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5166Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5167must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5168line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5169statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5170line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5171@ifset BOUT
5172
a4fb0134 5173This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5174configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5175output format.
5176@end ifset
5177@end ifset
5178
ccf8a69b
BW
5179@node Loc
5180@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5181@cindex @code{loc} directive
5182When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5183the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5184number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5185instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5186arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5187the row is added.
252b5132 5188
ccf8a69b
BW
5189The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5190
5191@table @code
5192@item basic_block
5193This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5194@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5195
5196@item prologue_end
5197This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5198@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5199
5200@item epilogue_begin
5201This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5202@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5203
5204@item is_stmt @var{value}
5205This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5206@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5207either 0 or 1.
5208
5209@item isa @var{value}
5210This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5211state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5212
92846e72
CC
5213@item discriminator @var{value}
5214This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5215state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5216
ccf8a69b
BW
5217@end table
5218
5219@node Loc_mark_labels
5220@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5221@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5222When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5223the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5224to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5225register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5226The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5227this function respectively.
252b5132 5228
4d4175af
BW
5229@ifset ELF
5230@node Local
5231@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5232
5233@cindex @code{local} directive
5234This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5235the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5236will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5237they will be created.
5238
5239For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5240accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5241the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5242(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5243@end ifset
5244
252b5132
RH
5245@node Long
5246@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5247
5248@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5249@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5250
5251@ignore
5252@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5253@c what it really ought to do
5254@node Lsym
5255@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5256
5257@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5258@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5259@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5260the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5261rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5262the same as the expression value:
5263@smallexample
5264@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5265@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5266@var{value} = @var{expression}
5267@end smallexample
5268@noindent
5269The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5270@end ignore
5271
5272@node Macro
5273@section @code{.macro}
5274
5275@cindex macros
5276The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5277generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5278@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5279
5280@example
5281 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5282 .long \from
5283 .if \to-\from
5284 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5285 .endif
5286 .endm
5287@end example
5288
5289@noindent
5290With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5291
5292@example
5293 .long 0
5294 .long 1
5295 .long 2
5296 .long 3
5297 .long 4
5298 .long 5
5299@end example
5300
5301@ftable @code
5302@item .macro @var{macname}
5303@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5304@cindex @code{macro} directive
5305Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5306definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5307separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5308indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5309@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5310(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5311macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5312cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5313subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5314definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5315
5316@table @code
5317@item .macro comm
5318Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5319arguments.
5320
6258339f 5321@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5322@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5323Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5324which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5325@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5326
5327@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5328Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5329arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5330After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5331@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5332@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5333,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5334@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5335
6eaeac8a
JB
5336@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5337Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5338arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5339not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5340will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5341
252b5132
RH
5342When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5343position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5344@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5345
6258339f
NC
5346@end table
5347
5e75c3ab
JB
5348Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5349as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5350occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5351characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5352(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5353architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5354character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5355replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5356construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5357identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5358this macro definition:
5359
5360@example
5361 .macro label l
5362\l:
5363 .endm
5364@end example
5365
5366might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5367called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5368assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5369identifier.
5370
5371Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5372which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5373for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5374length specifier like this:
5375
5376@example
5377 .macro opcode base length
5378 \base.\length
5379 .endm
5380@end example
5381
5382and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5383instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5384interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5385
5386There are several possible ways around this problem:
5387
5388@table @code
5389@item Insert white space
5390If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5391solution. eg:
5392
5393@example
5394 .macro label l
5395\l :
5396 .endm
5397@end example
5398
5399@item Use @samp{\()}
5400The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5401the following text. eg:
5402
5403@example
5404 .macro opcode base length
5405 \base\().\length
5406 .endm
5407@end example
5408
5409@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5410In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5411used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5412
5413@example
5414 .altmacro
5415 .macro label l
5416l&:
5417 .endm
5418@end example
6258339f 5419@end table
5e75c3ab 5420
96e9638b 5421Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5422also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5423and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5424
252b5132
RH
5425@item .endm
5426@cindex @code{endm} directive
5427Mark the end of a macro definition.
5428
5429@item .exitm
5430@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5431Exit early from the current macro definition.
5432
5433@cindex number of macros executed
5434@cindex macros, count executed
5435@item \@@
a4fb0134 5436@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5437executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5438output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5439
252b5132
RH
5440@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5441@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5442macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5443@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5444@end ftable
252b5132 5445
ccf8a69b
BW
5446@node MRI
5447@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5448
ccf8a69b
BW
5449@cindex @code{mri} directive
5450@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5451If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5452@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5453affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5454of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5455
caa32fe5
NC
5456@node Noaltmacro
5457@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5458Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5459
252b5132
RH
5460@node Nolist
5461@section @code{.nolist}
5462
5463@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5464@cindex listing control, turning off
5465Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5466not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5467internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5468counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5469generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5470
5471@node Octa
5472@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5473
5474@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5475@cindex @code{octa} directive
5476@cindex integer, 16-byte
5477@cindex sixteen byte integer
5478This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5479bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5480
5481The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5482hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5483
9aec2026
NC
5484@node Offset
5485@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5486
5487@cindex @code{offset} directive
5488Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5489be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5490symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
5491directive.
5492
252b5132
RH
5493@node Org
5494@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5495
5496@cindex @code{org} directive
5497@cindex location counter, advancing
5498@cindex advancing location counter
5499@cindex current address, advancing
5500Advance the location counter of the current section to
5501@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5502expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5503you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5504wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5505with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5506@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5507is the same as the current subsection.
5508
5509@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5510unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5511backwards.
5512
5513@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5514@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5515@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5516Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5517may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5518a chance to share your improved assembler.
5519
5520Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5521to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5522people's assemblers.
5523
5524When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5525intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5526absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5527@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5528
5529@node P2align
5530@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5531
5532@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5533@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5534Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5535storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5536number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5537advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5538counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5539multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5540
5541The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5542padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5543padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5544marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5545with no-op instructions.
5546
5547The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5548it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5549directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5550specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5551fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5552required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5553with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5554
5555@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5556@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5557The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5558@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5559pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5560fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
55612,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5562filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5563the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5564undefined.
5565
ccf8a69b
BW
5566@ifset ELF
5567@node PopSection
5568@section @code{.popsection}
5569
5570@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5571@cindex Section Stack
5572This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5573@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5574@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5575(@pxref{Previous}).
5576
5577This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5578section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5579stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5580@end ifset
5581
c91d2e08
NC
5582@ifset ELF
5583@node Previous
5584@section @code{.previous}
5585
c1253627 5586@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5587@cindex Section Stack
5588This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5589@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5590@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5591(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5592
5593This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5594referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5595@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5596subsections). For example:
5597
5598@smallexample
5599.section A
5600 .subsection 1
5601 .word 0x1234
5602 .subsection 2
5603 .word 0x5678
5604.previous
5605 .word 0x9abc
5606@end smallexample
5607
5608Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5609section A. Whilst:
5610
5611@smallexample
5612.section A
5613.subsection 1
5614 # Now in section A subsection 1
5615 .word 0x1234
5616.section B
5617.subsection 0
5618 # Now in section B subsection 0
5619 .word 0x5678
5620.subsection 1
5621 # Now in section B subsection 1
5622 .word 0x9abc
5623.previous
5624 # Now in section B subsection 0
5625 .word 0xdef0
5626@end smallexample
5627
5628Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5629section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5630
5631In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5632the top section on the section stack.
5633@end ifset
5634
252b5132
RH
5635@node Print
5636@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5637
5638@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5639@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5640assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5641
c91d2e08
NC
5642@ifset ELF
5643@node Protected
5644@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5645
c1253627
NC
5646@cindex @code{protected} directive
5647@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5648This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5649@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5650
5651This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5652their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5653@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5654components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5655component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5656this.
c91d2e08
NC
5657@end ifset
5658
252b5132
RH
5659@node Psize
5660@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5661
5662@cindex @code{psize} directive
5663@cindex listing control: paper size
5664@cindex paper size, for listings
5665Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5666number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5667
5668If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5669of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5670default width is 200 columns.
5671
a4fb0134 5672@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5673lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5674@code{.eject}).
5675
5676If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5677those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5678
5679@node Purgem
5680@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5681
5682@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5683Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5684expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5685
c91d2e08
NC
5686@ifset ELF
5687@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5688@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5689
c1253627 5690@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5691@cindex Section Stack
5692This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5693@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5694@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5695(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5696
e9863d7f
DJ
5697This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5698top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5699subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5700@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5701as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5702@end ifset
5703
252b5132
RH
5704@node Quad
5705@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5706
5707@cindex @code{quad} directive
5708@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5709each bignum, it emits
5710@ifclear bignum-16
5711an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5712warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5713@cindex eight-byte integer
5714@cindex integer, 8-byte
5715
5716The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5717hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5718@end ifclear
5719@ifset bignum-16
5720a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5721warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5722@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5723@cindex integer, 16-byte
5724@end ifset
5725
05e9452c
AM
5726@node Reloc
5727@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5728
5729@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5730Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5731@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5732the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5733symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5734@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5735absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5736targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5737relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5738section.
5739
252b5132
RH
5740@node Rept
5741@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5742
5743@cindex @code{rept} directive
5744Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5745@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5746
5747For example, assembling
5748
5749@example
5750 .rept 3
5751 .long 0
5752 .endr
5753@end example
5754
5755is equivalent to assembling
5756
5757@example
5758 .long 0
5759 .long 0
5760 .long 0
5761@end example
5762
5763@node Sbttl
5764@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5765
5766@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5767@cindex subtitles for listings
5768@cindex listing control: subtitle
5769Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5770title line) when generating assembly listings.
5771
5772This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5773it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5774
5775@ifset COFF
5776@node Scl
5777@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5778
5779@cindex @code{scl} directive
5780@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5781@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5782Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5783used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5784whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5785symbolic debugging information.
5786@ifset BOUT
5787
5788The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5789configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5790accepts this directive but ignores it.
5791@end ifset
5792@end ifset
5793
c1253627 5794@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5795@node Section
c1253627 5796@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5797
252b5132
RH
5798@cindex named section
5799Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5800named @var{name}.
5801
5802This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5803named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5804with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5805
c1253627
NC
5806@ifset COFF
5807@ifset ELF
5808@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5809@subheading COFF Version
5810@end ifset
5811
5812@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5813For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5814ways:
c91d2e08 5815
252b5132
RH
5816@smallexample
5817.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5818.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5819@end smallexample
5820
5821If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5822section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5823@table @code
5824@item b
5825bss section (uninitialized data)
5826@item n
5827section is not loaded
5828@item w
5829writable section
5830@item d
5831data section
5832@item r
5833read-only section
5834@item x
5835executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5836@item s
5837shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5838@item a
5839ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5840@item y
5841section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5842@item 0-9
5843single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5844@end table
5845
5846If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5847the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5848loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5849from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5850will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5851
5852If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5853taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5854@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5855
5856@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5857@ifset COFF
5858@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5859@subheading ELF Version
5860@end ifset
5861
c91d2e08
NC
5862@cindex Section Stack
5863This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5864@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5865(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5866@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5867
c1253627 5868@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5869For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5870
252b5132 5871@smallexample
7047dd1e 5872.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5873@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5874
252b5132 5875The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5876combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5877@table @code
5878@item a
5879section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5880@item e
5881section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5882@item w
5883section is writable
5884@item x
5885section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5886@item M
5887section is mergeable
5888@item S
5889section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5890@item G
5891section is a member of a section group
5892@item T
5893section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5894@item ?
5895section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5896@end table
5897
5898The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5899@table @code
5900@item @@progbits
5901section contains data
5902@item @@nobits
5903section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5904@item @@note
5905section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5906@item @@init_array
5907section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5908@item @@fini_array
5909section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5910@item @@preinit_array
5911section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5912@end table
5913
10b016c2
PB
5914Many targets only support the first three section types.
5915
ececec60
NC
5916Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5917ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5918@code{%} character.
5919
22fe14ad 5920If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5921be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5922
5923@smallexample
5924.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5925@end smallexample
5926
5927Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5928constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5929@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5930@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5931the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5932absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5933which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5934@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5935@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5936
5937If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5938be present along with an additional field like this:
5939
5940@smallexample
5941.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5942@end smallexample
5943
5944The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5945particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5946@table @code
5947@item comdat
5948indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5949@item .gnu.linkonce
5950an alias for comdat
5951@end table
5952
96e9638b 5953Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5954the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5955
5956@smallexample
5957.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5958@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5959
01642c12
RM
5960If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
5961@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
5962present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
5963this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
5964@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
5965If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
5966
252b5132
RH
5967If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5968the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5969none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5970executable. The section will contain data.
5971
5972For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5973directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5974
252b5132
RH
5975@smallexample
5976.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5977@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5978
252b5132
RH
5979Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5980separated flags:
5981@table @code
5982@item #alloc
5983section is allocatable
5984@item #write
5985section is writable
5986@item #execinstr
5987section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
5988@item #exclude
5989section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
5990@item #tls
5991section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5992@end table
c91d2e08 5993
e9863d7f
DJ
5994This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5995contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5996some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5997work.
c1253627
NC
5998@end ifset
5999@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6000
6001@node Set
6002@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6003
6004@cindex @code{set} directive
6005@cindex symbol value, setting
6006Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6007changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6008@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6009flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6010
6011You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6012
6013If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6014file is the last value stored into it.
6015
3c9b82ba
NC
6016@ifset Z80
6017On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6018@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6019@end ifset
6020
252b5132
RH
6021@node Short
6022@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6023
6024@cindex @code{short} directive
6025@ifset GENERIC
6026@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6027@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6028
6029In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6030numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6031@end ifset
6032@ifclear GENERIC
6033@ifset W16
6034@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6035@end ifset
6036@ifset W32
6037This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6038a 16 bit number for each.
6039@end ifset
6040@end ifclear
6041
6042@node Single
6043@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6044
6045@cindex @code{single} directive
6046@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6047This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6048has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6049@ifset GENERIC
6050The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6051@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6052@end ifset
6053@ifclear GENERIC
6054@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6055On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6056numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6057@end ifset
6058@end ifclear
6059
c1253627 6060@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6061@node Size
c1253627 6062@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6063
c1253627
NC
6064This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6065
6066@ifset COFF
6067@ifset ELF
6068@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6069@subheading COFF Version
6070@end ifset
6071
6072@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6073For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6074@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6075
6076@smallexample
6077.size @var{expression}
6078@end smallexample
252b5132 6079
c91d2e08 6080@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6081@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6082@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6083ignores it.
6084@end ifset
c1253627 6085@end ifset
c91d2e08 6086
c1253627
NC
6087@ifset ELF
6088@ifset COFF
6089@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6090@subheading ELF Version
6091@end ifset
6092
6093@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6094For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6095
c1253627
NC
6096@smallexample
6097.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6098@end smallexample
6099
6100This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6101The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6102arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6103symbols.
c1253627
NC
6104@end ifset
6105@end ifset
252b5132 6106
252b5132
RH
6107@ifclear no-space-dir
6108@node Skip
6109@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6110
6111@cindex @code{skip} directive
6112@cindex filling memory
6113This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6114@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6115@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6116@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6117@end ifclear
252b5132 6118
ccf8a69b
BW
6119@node Sleb128
6120@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6121
6122@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6123@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6124compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6125symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6126
884f0d36 6127@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6128@node Space
6129@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6130
6131@cindex @code{space} directive
6132@cindex filling memory
6133This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6134@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6135and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6136as @samp{.skip}.
6137
6138@ifset HPPA
6139@quotation
6140@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6141targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6142Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6143@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6144for a summary.
6145@end quotation
6146@end ifset
6147@end ifclear
6148
252b5132
RH
6149@ifset have-stabs
6150@node Stab
6151@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6152
6153@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6154@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6155There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6156All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6157The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6158cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6159Up to five fields are required:
6160
6161@table @var
6162@item string
6163This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6164@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6165debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6166using this field.
6167
6168@item type
6169An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6170this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6171and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6172
6173@item other
6174An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6175low 8 bits of this expression.
6176
6177@item desc
6178An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6179bits of this expression.
6180
6181@item value
6182An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6183@end table
6184
6185If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6186or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6187you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6188compatible with earlier assemblers!
6189
6190@table @code
6191@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6192@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6193
6194The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6195It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6196null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6197strings.
6198
6199The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6200relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6201is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6202assembled.
6203
6204@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6205@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6206The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6207
6208@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6209@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6210All five fields are specified.
6211@end table
6212@end ifset
6213@c end have-stabs
6214
6215@node String
38a57ae7 6216@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6217"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6218
6219@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6220@cindex string8, copying to object file
6221@cindex string16, copying to object file
6222@cindex string32, copying to object file
6223@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6224@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6225@cindex @code{string8} directive
6226@cindex @code{string16} directive
6227@cindex @code{string32} directive
6228@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6229
6230Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6231one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6232particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6233You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6234
01642c12 6235The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6236the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6237copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6238are stored in target endianness byte order.
6239
6240Example:
6241@smallexample
6242 .string32 "BYE"
6243expands to:
6244 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6245 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6246@end smallexample
6247
6248
252b5132
RH
6249@node Struct
6250@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6251
6252@cindex @code{struct} directive
6253Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6254which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6255@smallexample
6256 .struct 0
6257field1:
6258 .struct field1 + 4
6259field2:
6260 .struct field2 + 4
6261field3:
6262@end smallexample
6263This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6264@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6265value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6266use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6267before further assembly.
6268
c91d2e08
NC
6269@ifset ELF
6270@node SubSection
6271@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6272
c1253627 6273@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6274@cindex Section Stack
6275This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6276@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6277@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6278(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6279
6280This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6281section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6282in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6283@end ifset
6284
252b5132
RH
6285@ifset ELF
6286@node Symver
6287@section @code{.symver}
6288@cindex @code{symver} directive
6289@cindex symbol versioning
6290@cindex versions of symbols
6291Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6292within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6293typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6294There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6295into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6296shared library.
6297
79082ff0 6298For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6299@smallexample
6300.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6301@end smallexample
339681c0 6302If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6303being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6304alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6305just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6306permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6307of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6308itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6309have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6310file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6311function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6312the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6313building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6314symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6315nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6316
6317If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6318references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6319reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6320symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6321
6322Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6323@smallexample
6324.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6325@end smallexample
6326In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6327the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6328difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6329references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6330
6331The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6332@smallexample
6333.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6334@end smallexample
6335When @var{name} is not defined within the
6336file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6337@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6338name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6339@end ifset
6340
6341@ifset COFF
6342@node Tag
6343@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6344
6345@cindex COFF structure debugging
6346@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6347@cindex @code{tag} directive
6348This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6349information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6350@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6351definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6352@ifset BOUT
6353
6354@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6355@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6356ignores it.
6357@end ifset
6358@end ifset
6359
6360@node Text
6361@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6362
6363@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6364Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6365the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6366expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6367is used.
6368
6369@node Title
6370@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6371
6372@cindex @code{title} directive
6373@cindex listing control: title line
6374Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6375source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6376
6377This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6378it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6379
c1253627 6380@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6381@node Type
c1253627
NC
6382@section @code{.type}
6383
6384This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6385
6386@ifset COFF
6387@ifset ELF
6388@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6389@subheading COFF Version
6390@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6391
6392@cindex COFF symbol type
6393@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6394@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6395For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6396@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6397
6398@smallexample
6399.type @var{int}
6400@end smallexample
6401
6402This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6403entry.
252b5132 6404
c91d2e08 6405@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6406@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6407@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6408directive but ignores it.
6409@end ifset
c1253627 6410@end ifset
c91d2e08 6411
c1253627
NC
6412@ifset ELF
6413@ifset COFF
6414@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6415@subheading ELF Version
6416@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6417
6418@cindex ELF symbol type
6419@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6420@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6421For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6422
6423@smallexample
6424.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6425@end smallexample
6426
6427This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6428function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6429supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6430compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6431
6432Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6433@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6434below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6435the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6436maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6437assemblers.
6438
6439The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6440
6441@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6442 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6443 .type <name>,#<type>
6444 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6445 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6446 .type <name>,"<type>"
6447@end smallexample
6448
6449The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6450
5671778d
NC
6451@table @gcctabopt
6452@item STT_FUNC
6453@itemx function
6454Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6455
d8045f23
NC
6456@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6457@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6458Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6459processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6460
5671778d
NC
6461@item STT_OBJECT
6462@itemx object
6463Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6464
6465@item STT_TLS
6466@itemx tls_object
6467Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6468
6469@item STT_COMMON
6470@itemx common
6471Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6472
6473@item STT_NOTYPE
6474@itemx notype
6475Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6476
3e7a7d11
NC
6477@item gnu_unique_object
6478Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6479will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6480name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6481systems).
3e7a7d11 6482
5671778d
NC
6483@end table
6484
6485Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6486
c1253627
NC
6487@end ifset
6488@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6489
6490@node Uleb128
6491@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6492
6493@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6494@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6495compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6496symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6497
6498@ifset COFF
6499@node Val
6500@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6501
6502@cindex @code{val} directive
6503@cindex COFF value attribute
6504@cindex value attribute, COFF
6505This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6506records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6507entry.
6508@ifset BOUT
6509
a4fb0134 6510@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6511configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6512@end ifset
6513@end ifset
6514
2e13b764 6515@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6516@node Version
6517@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6518
c1253627 6519@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6520This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6521formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6522@end ifset
2e13b764 6523
c91d2e08
NC
6524@ifset ELF
6525@node VTableEntry
6526@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6527
653cfe85 6528@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6529This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6530@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6531
c91d2e08
NC
6532@node VTableInherit
6533@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6534
653cfe85 6535@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6536This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6537@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6538parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6539parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6540@end ifset
2e13b764 6541
d190d046
HPN
6542@node Warning
6543@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6544@cindex warning directive
6545Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6546(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6547
c91d2e08
NC
6548@node Weak
6549@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6550
c1253627 6551@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6552This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6553@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6554
01642c12 6555On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6556directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6557@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6558
977cdf5a 6559On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6560When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6561alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6562
06e77878
AO
6563@node Weakref
6564@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6565
6566@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6567This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6568be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6569If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6570will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6571symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6572
6573The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6574assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6575symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6576resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6577had the references to the alias removed.
6578
6579The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6580within the assembler.
6581
252b5132
RH
6582@node Word
6583@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6584
6585@cindex @code{word} directive
6586This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6587separated by commas.
6588@ifclear GENERIC
6589@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6590For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6591@end ifset
6592@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6593For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6594@end ifset
6595@end ifclear
6596@ifset GENERIC
6597
6598The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6599depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6600@end ifset
6601
6602@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6603@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6604@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6605@cindex difference tables altered
6606@cindex altered difference tables
6607@quotation
6608@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6609@end quotation
6610
6611@ifset GENERIC
6612Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6613addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6614interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6615@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6616
6617@end ifset
6618In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6619@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6620Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6621compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6622directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6623@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6624creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6625This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6626first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6627of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6628table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6629contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6630@code{sym2}.
6631
6632If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6633secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6634@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6635long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6636and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6637minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6638entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6639
6640@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6641@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6642@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6643assembly language programmers.
6644@end ifset
6645@end ifset
6646@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6647
6648@node Deprecated
6649@section Deprecated Directives
6650
6651@cindex deprecated directives
6652@cindex obsolescent directives
6653One day these directives won't work.
6654They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6655@table @t
6656@item .abort
6657@item .line
6658@end table
6659
3a99f02f
DJ
6660@ifset ELF
6661@node Object Attributes
6662@chapter Object Attributes
6663@cindex object attributes
6664
6665@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6666into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6667Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6668point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6669requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6670passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6671hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6672generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6673newer generation at run-time.
6674
6675This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6676@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6677time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6678correctly.
6679
6680Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6681attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6682string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6683and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6684or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6685attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6686
6687Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6688The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6689
6690@menu
6691* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6692* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6693@end menu
6694
6695@node GNU Object Attributes
6696@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6697
6698The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6699with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6700
6701Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6702its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6703an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
67042} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6705architecture-dependent ones.
6706
6707@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6708
6709These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6710
6711@table @r
6712@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6713The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6714the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6715then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6716than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6717arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6718@end table
6719
6720@subsection MIPS Attributes
6721
6722@table @r
6723@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6724The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6725
6726@itemize @bullet
6727@item
67280 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6729@item
67301 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6731FPU.
6732@item
67332 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6734@item
67353 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6736@item
67374 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6738double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6739purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6740@end itemize
6741@end table
6742
6743@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6744
6745@table @r
6746@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6747The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6748
6749@itemize @bullet
6750@item
67510 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6752@item
3c7b9897 67531 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6754@item
67552 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6756@item
67573 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6758@end itemize
6759
6760@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6761The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6762
6763@itemize @bullet
6764@item
67650 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6766@item
67671 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6768@item
67692 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6770@item
67713 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6772@end itemize
6773@end table
6774
6775@node Defining New Object Attributes
6776@section Defining New Object Attributes
6777
6778If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6779will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6780mailing list.
6781
6782@itemize @bullet
6783@item
6784This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6785@item
6786The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6787@item
6788The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6789and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6790@item
6791Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6792@item
6793@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6794@item
6795GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6796@end itemize
6797
6798@end ifset
6799
252b5132
RH
6800@ifset GENERIC
6801@node Machine Dependencies
6802@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6803
6804@cindex machine dependencies
6805The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6806each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6807vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6808directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6809assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6810@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6811optimization.
6812
6813This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6814include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6815subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6816
6817@menu
625e1353
RH
6818@ifset ALPHA
6819* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6820@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6821@ifset ARC
6822* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6823@end ifset
6824@ifset ARM
6825* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6826@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6827@ifset AVR
6828* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6829@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6830@ifset Blackfin
6831* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6832@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6833@ifset CR16
6834* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6835@end ifset
8bf549a8 6836@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6837* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6838@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6839@ifset D10V
6840* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6841@end ifset
6842@ifset D30V
6843* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6844@end ifset
6845@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6846* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6847@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6848@ifset HPPA
6849* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6850@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6851@ifset I370
6852* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6853@end ifset
252b5132 6854@ifset I80386
55b62671 6855* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6856@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6857@ifset I860
6858* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6859@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6860@ifset I960
6861* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6862@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6863@ifset IA64
6864* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6865@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6866@ifset IP2K
6867* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6868@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6869@ifset LM32
6870* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6871@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6872@ifset M32C
6873* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6874@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6875@ifset M32R
6876* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6877@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6878@ifset M680X0
6879* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6880@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6881@ifset M68HC11
6882* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6883@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6884@ifset MICROBLAZE
6885* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6886@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6887@ifset MIPS
6888* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6889@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6890@ifset MMIX
6891* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6892@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6893@ifset MSP430
6894* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6895@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
6896@ifset NS32K
6897* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
6898@end ifset
252b5132 6899@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6900* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6901* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6902@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6903@ifset PDP11
6904* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6905@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6906@ifset PJ
6907* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6908@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6909@ifset PPC
6910* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6911@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6912@ifset RX
6913* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6914@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6915@ifset S390
6916* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6917@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6918@ifset SCORE
6919* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6920@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6921@ifset SPARC
6922* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6923@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6924@ifset TIC54X
6925* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6926@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6927@ifset TIC6X
6928* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6929@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
6930@ifset TILEGX
6931* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
6932@end ifset
6933@ifset TILEPRO
6934* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
6935@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6936@ifset V850
6937* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6938@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6939@ifset XTENSA
6940* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6941@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6942@ifset Z80
6943* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6944@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6945@ifset Z8000
6946* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6947@end ifset
6948@ifset VAX
6949* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6950@end ifset
6951@end menu
6952
6953@lowersections
6954@end ifset
6955
6956@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6957@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6958@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6959@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6960@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6961@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6962@c in both conditional blocks.
6963
625e1353
RH
6964@ifset ALPHA
6965@include c-alpha.texi
6966@end ifset
6967
6968@ifset ARC
6969@include c-arc.texi
6970@end ifset
6971
252b5132
RH
6972@ifset ARM
6973@include c-arm.texi
6974@end ifset
6975
8473f7a4
DC
6976@ifset AVR
6977@include c-avr.texi
6978@end ifset
6979
3b4e1885 6980@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6981@include c-bfin.texi
6982@end ifset
6983
3d3d428f
NC
6984@ifset CR16
6985@include c-cr16.texi
6986@end ifset
6987
328eb32e
HPN
6988@ifset CRIS
6989@include c-cris.texi
6990@end ifset
6991
c2dcd04e 6992@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6993@ifclear GENERIC
6994@node Machine Dependencies
6995@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6996
c2dcd04e 6997The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6998and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6999chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7000family.
7001
7002@menu
c2dcd04e 7003* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7004* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7005@end menu
7006@lowersections
7007@end ifclear
7008@end ifset
7009
7010@ifset D10V
7011@include c-d10v.texi
7012@end ifset
7013
7014@ifset D30V
7015@include c-d30v.texi
7016@end ifset
7017
7018@ifset H8/300
7019@include c-h8300.texi
7020@end ifset
7021
252b5132
RH
7022@ifset HPPA
7023@include c-hppa.texi
7024@end ifset
7025
5b93d8bb
AM
7026@ifset I370
7027@include c-i370.texi
7028@end ifset
7029
252b5132
RH
7030@ifset I80386
7031@include c-i386.texi
7032@end ifset
7033
e3308d0d
JE
7034@ifset I860
7035@include c-i860.texi
7036@end ifset
7037
252b5132
RH
7038@ifset I960
7039@include c-i960.texi
7040@end ifset
7041
9e32ca89
NC
7042@ifset IA64
7043@include c-ia64.texi
7044@end ifset
7045
a40cbfa3
NC
7046@ifset IP2K
7047@include c-ip2k.texi
7048@end ifset
7049
84e94c90
NC
7050@ifset LM32
7051@include c-lm32.texi
7052@end ifset
7053
49f58d10
JB
7054@ifset M32C
7055@include c-m32c.texi
7056@end ifset
7057
ec694b89
NC
7058@ifset M32R
7059@include c-m32r.texi
7060@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7061
7062@ifset M680X0
7063@include c-m68k.texi
7064@end ifset
7065
60bcf0fa
NC
7066@ifset M68HC11
7067@include c-m68hc11.texi
7068@end ifset
7069
01642c12 7070@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7071@include c-microblaze.texi
7072@end ifset
7073
252b5132
RH
7074@ifset MIPS
7075@include c-mips.texi
7076@end ifset
7077
3c3bdf30
NC
7078@ifset MMIX
7079@include c-mmix.texi
7080@end ifset
7081
2469cfa2
NC
7082@ifset MSP430
7083@include c-msp430.texi
7084@end ifset
7085
252b5132
RH
7086@ifset NS32K
7087@include c-ns32k.texi
7088@end ifset
7089
e135f41b
NC
7090@ifset PDP11
7091@include c-pdp11.texi
7092@end ifset
7093
041dd5a9
ILT
7094@ifset PJ
7095@include c-pj.texi
7096@end ifset
7097
418c1742
MG
7098@ifset PPC
7099@include c-ppc.texi
7100@end ifset
7101
046d31c2
NC
7102@ifset RX
7103@include c-rx.texi
7104@end ifset
7105
11c19e16
MS
7106@ifset S390
7107@include c-s390.texi
7108@end ifset
7109
c0157db4
NC
7110@ifset SCORE
7111@include c-score.texi
7112@end ifset
7113
252b5132
RH
7114@ifset SH
7115@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7116@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7117@end ifset
7118
7119@ifset SPARC
7120@include c-sparc.texi
7121@end ifset
7122
39bec121
TW
7123@ifset TIC54X
7124@include c-tic54x.texi
7125@end ifset
7126
40b36596
JM
7127@ifset TIC6X
7128@include c-tic6x.texi
7129@end ifset
7130
aa137e4d
NC
7131@ifset TILEGX
7132@include c-tilegx.texi
7133@end ifset
7134
7135@ifset TILEPRO
7136@include c-tilepro.texi
7137@end ifset
7138
3c9b82ba
NC
7139@ifset Z80
7140@include c-z80.texi
7141@end ifset
7142
252b5132
RH
7143@ifset Z8000
7144@include c-z8k.texi
7145@end ifset
7146
7147@ifset VAX
7148@include c-vax.texi
7149@end ifset
7150
7151@ifset V850
7152@include c-v850.texi
7153@end ifset
7154
e0001a05
NC
7155@ifset XTENSA
7156@include c-xtensa.texi
7157@end ifset
7158
252b5132
RH
7159@ifset GENERIC
7160@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7161@raisesections
7162@end ifset
7163
7164@node Reporting Bugs
7165@chapter Reporting Bugs
7166@cindex bugs in assembler
7167@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7168
a4fb0134 7169Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7170
7171Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7172not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7173entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7174Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7175
7176In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7177information that enables us to fix the bug.
7178
7179@menu
7180* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7181* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7182@end menu
7183
7184@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7185@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7186@cindex bug criteria
7187
7188If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7189
7190@itemize @bullet
7191@cindex fatal signal
7192@cindex assembler crash
7193@cindex crash of assembler
7194@item
7195If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7196@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7197
7198@cindex error on valid input
7199@item
a4fb0134 7200If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7201
7202@cindex invalid input
7203@item
a4fb0134 7204If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7205is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7206be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7207
7208@item
7209If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7210of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7211@end itemize
7212
7213@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7214@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7215@cindex bug reports
7216@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7217
7218A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7219you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7220contact that organization first.
7221
7222You can find contact information for many support companies and
7223individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7224distribution.
7225
ad22bfe8 7226@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7227In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7228to @value{BUGURL}.
7229@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7230
7231The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7232@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7233fact or leave it out, state it!
7234
7235Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7236and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7237name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7238not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7239happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7240perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7241the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7242give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7243and the most helpful.
7244
7245Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7246it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7247that the bug has not been reported previously.
7248
7249Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7250bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7251respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7252You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7253
7254To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7255
7256@itemize @bullet
7257@item
a4fb0134 7258The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7259it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7260
7261Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7262the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7263
7264@item
a4fb0134 7265Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7266
7267@item
7268The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7269version number.
7270
7271@item
a4fb0134 7272What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7273``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7274
7275@item
7276The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7277observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7278all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7279
7280If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7281and then we might not encounter the bug.
7282
7283@item
7284A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7285the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7286high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7287when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7288the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7289file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7290@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7291
7292@item
7293A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7294incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7295
a4fb0134 7296Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7297will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7298notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7299make a mistake.
7300
7301Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7302explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7303@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7304library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7305would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7306would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7307expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7308observations.
7309
7310@item
a4fb0134 7311If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7312diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7313option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7314discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7315by line number.
7316
7317The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7318sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7319@end itemize
7320
7321Here are some things that are not necessary:
7322
7323@itemize @bullet
7324@item
7325A description of the envelope of the bug.
7326
7327Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7328which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7329changes will not affect it.
7330
7331This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7332will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7333with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7334We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7335
7336Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7337of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7338output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7339less time, and so on.
7340
7341However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7342report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7343
7344@item
7345A patch for the bug.
7346
7347A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7348the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7349a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7350to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7351
a4fb0134 7352Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7353construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7354the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7355one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7356
7357And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7358patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7359help us to understand.
7360
7361@item
7362A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7363
7364Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7365things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7366@end itemize
7367
7368@node Acknowledgements
7369@chapter Acknowledgements
7370
653cfe85 7371If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7372it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7373maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7374@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7375the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7376
7377Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7378more details?}
7379
7380Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7381information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7382extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7383
7384K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7385many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7386up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7387testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7388including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7389and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7390support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7391port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7392file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7393assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7394
7395Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7396in format-specific I/O modules.
7397
7398The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7399has done much work with it since.
7400
7401The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7402
7403Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7404
7405The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7406University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7407
7408Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7409(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7410(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7411support a.out format.
7412
7be1c489
AM
7413Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7414tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7415Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7416use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7417targets.
7418
7419John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7420simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7421updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7422fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7423remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7424cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7425required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7426
7427Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
742868k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7429added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7430PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7431
653cfe85 7432Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7433
7434Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7435
7436Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7437along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7438formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7439the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7440
7441Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7442Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7443Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7444Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7445and some initial 64-bit support).
7446
c1253627 7447Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7448
252b5132
RH
7449Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7450support for openVMS/Alpha.
7451
39bec121
TW
7452Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7453flavors.
7454
e0001a05 7455David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7456Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7457
252b5132
RH
7458Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7459configuration enhancements.
7460
84e94c90
NC
7461Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7462
252b5132
RH
7463Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7464you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7465want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7466intentionally leaving anyone out.
7467
793c5807
NC
7468@node GNU Free Documentation License
7469@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7470@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7471
370b66a1
CD
7472@node AS Index
7473@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7474
7475@printindex cp
7476
252b5132
RH
7477@bye
7478@c Local Variables:
7479@c fill-column: 79
7480@c End: